1 #LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
70 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
99 \use_package amsmath 1
100 \use_package amssymb 1
101 \use_package cancel 0
103 \use_package mathdots 1
104 \use_package mathtools 0
105 \use_package mhchem 1
106 \use_package stackrel 0
107 \use_package stmaryrd 0
108 \use_package undertilde 0
110 \cite_engine_type numerical
114 \paperorientation portrait
118 \notefontcolor #0000ff
135 \paragraph_separation indent
136 \paragraph_indentation default
137 \quotes_language english
140 \paperpagestyle default
141 \tracking_changes true
142 \output_changes false
146 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
148 \author 2090807402 "usti"
162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
164 If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please
165 send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list:
166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
168 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
179 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 \begin_inset Newline newline
187 \begin_inset Note Note
190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
191 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
192 \begin_inset Newline newline
197 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
205 \begin_layout Standard
206 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
207 LatexCommand tableofcontents
214 \begin_layout Chapter
218 \begin_layout Section
222 \begin_layout Standard
223 LyX is a document preparation system.
224 It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar \-
225 scripts, publishable books, business
226 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
227 It is unlike most other
228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
237 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
253 pt type, left justified, 5
254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
262 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts,
266 \begin_layout Standard
267 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
272 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
276 \begin_layout Standard
281 manual describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most important
282 ly, the format of all of the manuals.
283 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
284 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 manual describes that, too.
293 \begin_layout Section
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
300 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
301 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
305 \begin_layout Standard
306 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
307 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
308 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
310 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
311 only a vertical scrollbar.
312 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
313 The first case is large images.
314 To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the
315 image and use the option
321 LaTeX and LyX options
324 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
326 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
327 this doesn't work for equations yet.
330 \begin_layout Standard
331 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
339 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
346 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
352 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
353 Just select the manual you want to read from the
360 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
364 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
371 \begin_layout Standard
372 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
374 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
378 \begin_inset Index idx
381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
387 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
388 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
389 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
391 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
392 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
397 \begin_inset space \space{}
400 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
401 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
403 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
407 \begin_inset Index idx
410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
411 Reconfiguration of LyX
416 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
419 \begin_layout Section
421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
423 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
430 \begin_layout Standard
431 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
432 not be able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
434 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce
435 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
442 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
443 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
448 you can view from the menu
450 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
470 reconfigure LyX (menu
472 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
476 \begin_inset Note Note
479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
488 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
489 More about TeX Code is described in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
500 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_inset Index idx
520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
521 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 See section 5.1 of the
530 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
533 \begin_layout Chapter
537 \begin_layout Section
538 Basic File Operations
539 \begin_inset Index idx
542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
551 \begin_layout Standard
556 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
557 in addition to some more advanced operations:
560 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
598 \begin_layout Itemize
604 \begin_layout Itemize
616 \begin_layout Itemize
626 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Itemize
650 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 arg "dialog-show print"
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_layout Standard
681 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
682 a few minor differences.
685 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
696 command lists the available templates.
697 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
698 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
699 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
707 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
714 \begin_layout Standard
715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
747 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
748 space is just that — a big, blank space.
756 \begin_layout Standard
777 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time.
781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
782 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
784 Read Additional Features\SpecialChar \@.
802 will reload the document from disk.
803 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
804 and want to restore it to the last save.
813 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
814 them as your changes.
817 \begin_layout Section
818 Basic Editing Features
819 \begin_inset Index idx
822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
829 \begin_inset CommandInset label
831 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
838 \begin_layout Standard
839 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
840 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
841 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
842 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
844 We will start with cut and paste.
847 \begin_layout Standard
848 As you might expect, the
852 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
853 various other editing features.
854 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
858 \begin_layout Itemize
872 \begin_layout Itemize
886 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_layout Itemize
910 \begin_layout Itemize
920 \begin_layout Itemize
936 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
942 \begin_layout Standard
943 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 \begin_inset Index idx
948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
954 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
963 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
966 \begin_layout Standard
969 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
974 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
989 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
991 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1000 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1001 will start a new paragraph.
1004 \begin_layout Standard
1005 \begin_inset Index idx
1008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1015 \begin_inset Index idx
1018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1026 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1032 \begin_inset space ~
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1050 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1055 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1058 \begin_inset space ~
1067 \begin_inset space ~
1072 button to skip the current word.
1076 \begin_inset space ~
1081 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1090 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1092 If the toggle is set, searching for
1093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1104 will not match the word
1105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1119 Match whole words only
1121 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1150 LyX offers also an advanced
1153 \begin_inset space ~
1157 \begin_inset space ~
1162 feature that is described in sec.
1163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1169 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1176 \begin_layout Standard
1177 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1178 \begin_inset space \space{}
1182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1190 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1192 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1197 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1204 \begin_layout Standard
1205 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1208 arg "inset-select-all"
1214 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1217 selects the whole document.
1220 \begin_layout Section
1222 \begin_inset Index idx
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset Index idx
1235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1244 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1251 \begin_layout Standard
1252 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1253 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1256 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1259 or the toolbar button
1265 to undo some mistake.
1266 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1268 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1271 or the toolbar button
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1289 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1302 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1303 This is a consequence of the 100
1304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1307 step undo limit mentioned above.
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1319 work on almost everything in LyX.
1320 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1324 \begin_layout Section
1326 \begin_inset Index idx
1329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1338 \begin_layout Standard
1339 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1342 \begin_layout Enumerate
1347 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 once anywhere in the edit window.
1353 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1357 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 \begin_layout Itemize
1368 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1377 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1387 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1392 \begin_layout Standard
1393 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1394 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1407 \begin_inset Index idx
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1429 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1433 The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or by the toolbar button
1441 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1447 \begin_layout Itemize
1448 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1450 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1453 and use the same menu to return to them.
1454 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1457 \begin_layout Standard
1461 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1466 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1467 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1469 \begin_inset space ~
1474 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1475 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1476 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1477 your last editing position.
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1485 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1488 \begin_layout Subsection
1490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1492 name "sub:The-Outliner"
1499 \begin_layout Standard
1500 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1501 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1502 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1510 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1514 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1521 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1526 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1531 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
1532 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1533 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1534 dialog and to modify the citation.
1537 \begin_layout Standard
1538 The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1540 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1541 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1549 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1552 \begin_layout Standard
1553 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1554 you further to control the display.
1559 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1560 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1566 option keeps it in the current view state.
1567 Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections
1568 \begin_inset space ~
1571 2 and 4 displayed and click on section
1572 \begin_inset space ~
1575 3, the subsections of sections
1576 \begin_inset space ~
1579 2 and 4 will still be displayed.
1584 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1589 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1599 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1602 \begin_layout Standard
1604 \begin_inset space \space{}
1608 \begin_inset Graphics
1609 filename ../images/reload.png
1614 \begin_inset space ~
1617 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1618 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1621 \begin_inset space \space{}
1625 \begin_inset Graphics
1626 filename ../images/down.png
1628 groupId toolbarbuttons
1633 \begin_inset space ~
1637 \begin_inset space \space{}
1641 \begin_inset Graphics
1642 filename ../images/up.png
1644 groupId toolbarbuttons
1649 \begin_inset space ~
1652 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1653 So, for example, you can move section
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1658 \begin_inset space ~
1661 2.4 or after section
1662 \begin_inset space ~
1666 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1668 \begin_inset Graphics
1669 filename ../images/promote.png
1671 groupId toolbarbuttons
1676 \begin_inset Graphics
1677 filename ../images/demote.png
1679 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 (or the corresponding key bindings
1691 ) you can change the level of sections.
1692 So you can for example make section
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1697 \begin_inset space ~
1701 \begin_inset space ~
1707 \begin_layout Section
1708 Input/Word Completion
1709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1711 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1716 \begin_inset Index idx
1719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1726 \begin_inset Index idx
1729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_layout Standard
1761 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1763 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1764 is used to propose completions.
1767 \begin_layout Standard
1768 Input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1770 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1775 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1782 \begin_inset space ~
1786 \begin_inset space ~
1791 the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor.
1795 \begin_inset space ~
1800 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1801 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1805 \begin_inset space ~
1811 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1812 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1815 \begin_layout Standard
1816 LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there
1817 are completions available.
1822 key to accept a proposed completion.
1823 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1824 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1825 and accept the chosen completion by pressing
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1833 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1834 ing options for text.
1835 The special math option
1839 enables characters to be composed.
1840 If, for example, you want to insert the character
1841 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1844 , you can then input the characters
1845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1856 to a formula to get it.
1857 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use
1858 of the math toolbar.
1859 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1863 that is in LyX's installation folder.
1864 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1873 \begin_layout Section
1875 \begin_inset Index idx
1878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1885 \begin_inset Index idx
1888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1917 \begin_inset Index idx
1920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1951 \begin_layout Standard
1952 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1965 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1967 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1971 (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec.
1972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1978 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
1985 \begin_layout Standard
1989 \begin_inset space ~
1997 \begin_inset space ~
2018 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2022 \begin_layout Labeling
2023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2027 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2028 LatexCommand nomenclature
2030 description "Tabulator key"
2036 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2037 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2038 \begin_inset space ~
2042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2044 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2051 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2055 , especially section
2056 \begin_inset space ~
2060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2062 reference "sub:Lists"
2068 If you're still confused, look in the
2073 \begin_inset Newline newline
2080 key is only used to accept proposed input completions or to move the cursor
2081 in tables or math matrices.
2084 \begin_layout Labeling
2085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2089 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2090 LatexCommand nomenclature
2092 description "Escape key"
2099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2106 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2107 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2110 \begin_layout Labeling
2111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2117 \begin_inset space ~
2121 \begin_inset space ~
2128 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2129 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2133 \begin_layout Standard
2134 There are three modifier keys:
2137 \begin_layout Labeling
2138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2156 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2157 LatexCommand nomenclature
2159 description "Control key"
2163 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2164 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2168 \begin_layout Itemize
2177 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2180 \begin_layout Itemize
2189 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2192 \begin_layout Itemize
2201 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2205 \begin_layout Labeling
2206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2224 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2225 LatexCommand nomenclature
2227 description "Shift key"
2231 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2232 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2235 \begin_layout Labeling
2236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2254 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2255 LatexCommand nomenclature
2257 description "Alt or Meta key"
2261 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2262 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2263 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2269 \begin_inset Newline newline
2272 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2274 menu accelerator keys
2277 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2278 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2282 \begin_layout Standard
2283 For example, the sequence
2284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2290 \begin_inset space ~
2294 \begin_inset space ~
2300 \begin_inset space ~
2308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2327 \begin_inset space ~
2333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 \begin_layout Standard
2348 manual lists all other things bound to the
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2358 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2359 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2360 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2361 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2362 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2363 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2365 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2381 followed by a capital
2388 \begin_layout Chapter
2390 \begin_inset Index idx
2393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 \begin_layout Section
2404 \begin_inset Index idx
2407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2416 \begin_layout Subsection
2420 \begin_layout Standard
2421 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2422 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2423 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2424 numbering schemes, and so on.
2425 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2426 and format the title of your document differently.
2429 \begin_layout Standard
2434 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2435 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2436 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2437 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2438 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2441 \begin_layout Subsection
2443 \begin_inset Index idx
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2455 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 You can select a class using the
2465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2466 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2470 \begin_inset Index idx
2473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2488 \begin_layout Standard
2489 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Article for basic articles
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Report for basic reports
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Book for writing a book
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Letter for US-style letters
2509 \begin_layout Standard
2510 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2511 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2512 will include many of these.
2513 Here are some of the classes.
2514 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2516 Special Document Classes
2525 \begin_layout Description
2526 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2529 \begin_layout Description
2530 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2541 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2542 There are three article layouts available.
2543 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2544 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2545 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2546 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2551 sequential numbering
2552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2555 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2556 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2557 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2558 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2561 \begin_layout Description
2562 Beamer Layout for presentations
2565 \begin_layout Description
2566 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2567 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2571 \begin_layout Description
2572 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2575 \begin_layout Description
2577 \begin_inset space ~
2580 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 Foils Used to make transparencies
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2593 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2597 \begin_layout Description
2598 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2599 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2606 \begin_layout Description
2607 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2612 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2613 (Is used by this document.)
2616 \begin_layout Description
2617 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2624 \begin_layout Description
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2637 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2639 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2642 \begin_layout Description
2643 Slides Used to make transparencies
2646 \begin_layout Description
2648 \begin_inset space ~
2651 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2652 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2655 \begin_layout Description
2656 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2662 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2668 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2669 of the document classes.
2672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2676 \begin_layout Standard
2677 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2680 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2682 \begin_inset Index idx
2685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2702 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2703 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2705 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2708 \begin_layout Standard
2710 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2711 and some of them, like
2715 , are highly specialized.
2716 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2717 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2719 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2720 by some document class.
2721 There are just too many of them.
2722 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2725 \begin_layout Standard
2726 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2734 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2735 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2736 document class for a new file.
2737 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2742 Installing new LaTeX files
2743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2750 manual for information on how to install them.
2751 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2759 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2761 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2762 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2763 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2765 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2768 \begin_inset space ~
2775 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2787 \begin_inset Index idx
2790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2799 \begin_layout Standard
2800 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2801 chosen document class.
2802 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2803 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2814 \begin_inset Index idx
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2824 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2829 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2830 always installed by default.
2831 LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and
2832 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2833 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2834 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2835 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2836 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2837 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2844 \begin_inset Index idx
2847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2848 Reconfiguration of LyX
2854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2857 Installing new LaTeX files
2858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2865 manual for more information on installing required packages.
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2877 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2878 LyX will advise you about these things.
2886 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2890 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2895 \begin_inset Index idx
2898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2899 Document ! Local Layout
2907 \begin_layout Standard
2908 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2909 used in a variety of different documents.
2910 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2911 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2912 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2913 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2914 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2915 What you want is LyX's
2916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2932 manual for information on how to use it.
2935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2939 \begin_layout Standard
2940 Each class has a default set of options.
2941 Here's a quick table describing them:
2944 \begin_layout Standard
2945 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2953 \begin_inset Tabular
2954 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2955 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
2956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3414 \begin_layout Standard
3415 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3421 \begin_layout Standard
3422 You're probably also wondering what
3423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3427 \begin_inset space ~
3431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3435 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3436 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3441 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3446 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3456 headings, there are also
3464 headings, and so on.
3465 We will describe these headings fully in section
3466 \begin_inset space ~
3470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3472 reference "sub:Headings"
3479 \begin_layout Subsection
3481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3483 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3488 \begin_inset Index idx
3491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3500 \begin_inset Index idx
3503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3512 \begin_layout Standard
3513 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3522 \begin_inset space ~
3530 \begin_inset space ~
3535 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3537 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3538 to use for your document.
3539 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3543 \begin_layout Standard
3547 \begin_inset space ~
3554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3560 \begin_inset space ~
3565 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3566 You can choose between the following five options:
3569 \begin_layout Labeling
3570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3575 Use default page style of current class.
3578 \begin_layout Labeling
3579 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3584 No page numbers or headings.
3587 \begin_layout Labeling
3588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3596 \begin_layout Labeling
3597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3602 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3603 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3604 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3607 \begin_layout Labeling
3608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3613 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3614 have the LaTeX-package
3619 \begin_inset Index idx
3622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3623 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3629 How they are defined is explained in section
3630 \begin_inset space ~
3634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3636 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3645 \begin_inset space ~
3649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3651 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3658 \begin_layout Subsection
3659 Paper Size and Orientation
3660 \begin_inset Index idx
3663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3664 Document ! Paper size
3670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3672 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3679 \begin_layout Standard
3680 You can find the following options in the menu
3683 \begin_inset space ~
3690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3696 \begin_inset Index idx
3699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3708 \begin_layout Labeling
3709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3713 \begin_inset space ~
3718 What size paper to print on.
3723 \begin_layout Itemize
3729 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 \begin_layout Itemize
3741 \begin_layout Itemize
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3750 US letter, US legal, US executive
3753 \begin_layout Itemize
3759 \begin_layout Itemize
3766 \begin_layout Labeling
3767 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3772 To choose whether to output as
3783 \begin_layout Labeling
3784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3788 \begin_inset space ~
3793 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3794 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3797 \begin_layout Subsection
3799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3806 \begin_inset Index idx
3809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3816 \begin_inset Index idx
3819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3828 \begin_layout Standard
3829 Paper margins are set in the menu
3831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3835 \begin_inset Index idx
3838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3847 \begin_layout Standard
3848 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings
3849 because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking
3850 the paper format and the font size into account.
3853 \begin_layout Subsection
3857 \begin_layout Standard
3858 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3863 That includes the paragraph environments.
3864 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3865 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3866 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3867 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3876 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3878 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3879 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3880 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3883 \begin_layout Section
3884 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3885 \begin_inset Index idx
3888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3889 Paragraph ! Indentation
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3901 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3908 \begin_layout Standard
3909 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3910 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3913 \begin_layout Standard
3914 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3915 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3916 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3917 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3921 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3927 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3928 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3929 language than English.
3930 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3935 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3936 and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded
3938 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3939 LyX takes care of that.
3940 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3942 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3943 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3944 of a page, and so on.
3948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3949 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3954 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3955 LyX gives you the ability globally to change
3959 these pre-coded spacings.
3960 We will explain more later.
3963 \begin_layout Subsection
3964 Paragraph Separation
3965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3967 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3972 \begin_inset Index idx
3975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3976 Paragraph ! Separation
3984 \begin_layout Standard
3992 \begin_inset space ~
4000 \begin_inset space ~
4007 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4011 \begin_inset Index idx
4014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4020 to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4023 \begin_layout Subsection
4027 \begin_layout Standard
4028 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4031 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4033 \begin_inset space ~
4038 dialog and toggle the
4041 \begin_inset space ~
4046 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4049 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4053 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4054 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4058 \begin_layout Standard
4059 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4060 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4063 \begin_layout Subsection
4065 \begin_inset Index idx
4068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4077 \begin_layout Standard
4080 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4084 \begin_inset Index idx
4087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4096 dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu
4100 \begin_inset space ~
4109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4110 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4115 \begin_inset Index idx
4118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4119 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4124 installed to use this feature.
4129 You can set it for a single paragraph in the
4131 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4133 \begin_inset space ~
4138 dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing
4139 is normally defined in the environment's style.
4142 \begin_layout Section
4143 Paragraph Environments
4144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4146 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4151 \begin_inset Index idx
4154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4155 Paragraph ! Environments
4161 \begin_inset Index idx
4164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4165 Paragraph environments|(
4173 \begin_layout Subsection
4177 \begin_layout Standard
4178 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4200 \begin_inset Newline newline
4203 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4204 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4205 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4214 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4218 A paragraph environment is simply a
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4227 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4228 scheme, labels, and so on.
4229 Additionally, you can
4230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4237 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4238 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4239 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4240 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days
4242 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4244 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4247 \begin_layout Standard
4248 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4249 \begin_inset Graphics
4250 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4256 at the left end of the toolbar.
4257 LyX will change the environment of the
4261 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4262 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4263 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4267 \begin_layout Standard
4276 create a new paragraph using the
4280 paragraph environment.
4282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4289 because if you are in one of these environments:
4292 \begin_layout Itemize
4298 \begin_layout Itemize
4304 \begin_layout Itemize
4310 \begin_layout Itemize
4316 \begin_layout Itemize
4322 \begin_layout Itemize
4328 \begin_layout Itemize
4334 \begin_layout Standard
4335 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter
4339 , rather than resetting it to
4344 Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section
4345 \begin_inset space ~
4349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4351 reference "sec:Nesting"
4358 \begin_layout Subsection
4362 \begin_layout Standard
4363 The default paragraph environment is
4368 It creates a plain paragraph.
4369 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4370 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4371 this manual) are in the
4378 \begin_layout Standard
4379 You can nest a paragraph using the
4383 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4391 \begin_layout Subsection
4393 \begin_inset Index idx
4396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4406 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4415 for thanks or contact information.
4416 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4417 page along with today's date.
4418 For other types of documents, the title
4419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4426 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4430 \begin_layout Standard
4431 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4445 Here's how you use them:
4448 \begin_layout Itemize
4449 Put the title of your document in the
4456 \begin_layout Itemize
4457 Put the author name in the
4464 \begin_layout Itemize
4465 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4466 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4472 Note that using this environment is optional.
4473 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4474 If you don't want a date, use the option
4476 Suppress default date on front page
4480 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4481 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4483 \begin_inset space ~
4491 \begin_layout Standard
4492 You can use footnotes to insert
4493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4500 or contact information.
4503 \begin_layout Subsection
4505 \begin_inset Index idx
4508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4524 \begin_layout Standard
4525 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4526 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4529 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4531 \begin_inset Index idx
4534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4535 Section headings ! Numbered
4543 \begin_layout Standard
4544 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4548 \begin_layout Enumerate
4554 \begin_layout Enumerate
4560 \begin_layout Enumerate
4566 \begin_layout Enumerate
4572 \begin_layout Enumerate
4578 \begin_layout Enumerate
4584 \begin_layout Enumerate
4590 \begin_layout Standard
4591 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4592 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4593 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4596 \begin_layout Standard
4597 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4598 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4599 You group the book into chapters.
4600 LyX does a similar grouping:
4603 \begin_layout Itemize
4608 is divided into either
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4631 \begin_layout Itemize
4643 \begin_layout Itemize
4655 \begin_layout Itemize
4667 \begin_layout Itemize
4679 \begin_layout Standard
4680 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4688 Not all document types use the
4692 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4697 is the top-level heading.
4705 \begin_layout Standard
4710 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4711 along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter
4713 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4727 \begin_inset Index idx
4730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4731 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4739 \begin_layout Standard
4740 The unnumbered section headings have a
4741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4748 at the end of their name.
4749 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4750 the table of contents, see section
4751 \begin_inset space ~
4755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4764 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4765 Changing the Numbering
4766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4768 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4775 \begin_layout Standard
4776 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4777 in the Table of Contents.
4778 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4780 Just as certain classes start with
4794 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4804 This is something you can change.
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4814 \begin_inset Index idx
4817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4826 \begin_inset space ~
4830 \begin_inset space ~
4835 you will see two counters.
4840 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4842 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4846 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4847 Short Titles of Headings
4848 \begin_inset Index idx
4851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4852 Section headings ! Short titles
4858 \begin_inset Argument status
4861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4870 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4877 \begin_layout Standard
4878 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4879 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4880 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4881 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4884 \begin_layout Standard
4885 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4886 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4887 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4888 To specify a short title, use the menu
4890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4892 \begin_inset space ~
4898 This will insert a box labeled
4899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4914 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4915 This also works for captions inside floats.
4918 \begin_layout Standard
4919 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4927 The following information applies to all section headings:
4930 \begin_layout Itemize
4931 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4934 \begin_layout Itemize
4935 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4938 \begin_layout Itemize
4939 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4942 \begin_layout Itemize
4943 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4946 \begin_layout Subsection
4947 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4950 \begin_layout Standard
4951 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4965 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4966 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4967 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4968 the text they contain.
4969 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4977 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4980 \begin_layout Standard
4981 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4990 when you start a new paragraph.
4991 So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter
4995 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4996 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
4997 have to change back to the
5001 environment yourself.
5010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5017 \begin_inset Index idx
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5029 \begin_layout Standard
5030 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5031 time for the differences.
5040 are identical except for one difference:
5044 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5053 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 Here's an example of the
5070 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5072 See – no indentation!
5076 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5077 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5078 the other paragraph.
5081 \begin_layout Standard
5082 Here's another example, this time in the
5089 \begin_layout Quotation
5095 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5096 If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting
5097 the first line, then
5101 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5105 you were quoting other text.
5108 \begin_layout Quotation
5109 Here's a new paragraph.
5110 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5111 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5114 \begin_layout Standard
5115 As the examples show,
5119 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5120 They should put quotes in the
5125 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5129 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5132 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5138 \begin_inset Index idx
5141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5150 \begin_inset Index idx
5153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5169 \begin_layout Standard
5174 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5180 \begin_inset Newline newline
5183 Which I did not rehearse!
5187 It could be much worse.
5188 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5190 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5191 indented a bit more than the first.
5192 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5198 \begin_inset Newline newline
5201 And make things look fine
5202 \begin_inset Newline newline
5208 arg "newline-insert newline"
5214 \begin_layout Standard
5219 does not indent both margins.
5220 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5221 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5228 arg "newline-insert newline"
5234 \begin_layout Subsection
5236 \begin_inset Index idx
5239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5255 \begin_layout Standard
5256 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5266 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5275 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5276 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5277 describing some general features of all four of them.
5280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5284 \begin_layout Standard
5285 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5287 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5296 reset the environment to
5300 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5301 The nesting depth is thereby kept.
5302 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5306 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5310 If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the
5317 \begin_layout Standard
5318 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5319 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5321 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5322 you read all of section
5323 \begin_inset space ~
5327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5329 reference "sec:Nesting"
5336 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5342 \begin_inset Index idx
5345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5361 \begin_layout Standard
5362 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5366 paragraph environment.
5367 It has the following properties:
5370 \begin_layout Itemize
5371 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5375 \begin_layout Itemize
5376 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5379 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5384 \begin_layout Itemize
5385 The items can have any length.
5386 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5387 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5394 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 environment inside another
5403 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5407 \begin_layout Itemize
5408 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5411 \begin_layout Itemize
5412 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5417 \begin_inset space ~
5421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5423 reference "sec:Nesting"
5427 for a full explanation of nesting.
5431 \begin_layout Standard
5432 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5441 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5444 \begin_layout Standard
5445 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5446 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5449 \begin_layout Itemize
5450 The label for the first level
5454 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5458 \begin_layout Itemize
5459 The label for the second level is a dash.
5463 \begin_layout Itemize
5464 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5468 \begin_layout Itemize
5469 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5473 \begin_layout Itemize
5474 Back out to the third level.
5478 \begin_layout Itemize
5479 Back to the second level.
5483 \begin_layout Itemize
5484 Back to the outermost level.
5487 \begin_layout Standard
5488 These are the default labels for an
5493 You can customize these labels in the
5495 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5498 dialog in the submenu
5505 \begin_inset Index idx
5508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5517 \begin_layout Standard
5518 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5519 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5521 \begin_inset space ~
5525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5527 reference "sec:Nesting"
5534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5540 \begin_inset Index idx
5543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5552 name "sec:Enumerate"
5559 \begin_layout Standard
5564 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5565 It has these properties:
5568 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5579 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5582 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 environment resets the counter to one.
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5603 \begin_layout Enumerate
5604 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5605 Items can have any length.
5608 \begin_layout Enumerate
5609 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5613 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5617 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5621 \begin_layout Standard
5630 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5631 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 The first level of an
5643 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5647 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5652 \begin_layout Enumerate
5653 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5657 \begin_layout Enumerate
5658 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5667 \begin_layout Enumerate
5668 Back to the third level
5672 \begin_layout Enumerate
5673 Back to the second level.
5677 \begin_layout Enumerate
5678 Back to the outermost level.
5681 \begin_layout Standard
5682 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5687 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5692 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5696 \begin_layout Standard
5697 There is more to nesting
5701 environments than we've stated here.
5702 You should read section
5703 \begin_inset space ~
5707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5709 reference "sec:Nesting"
5713 to learn more about nesting.
5716 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5722 \begin_inset Index idx
5725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5739 list has no fixed label.
5740 Instead, LyX uses the first
5741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5748 of the first line as the label.
5752 \begin_layout Description
5753 Example: This is an example of the
5760 \begin_layout Standard
5761 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5765 \begin_layout Standard
5767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5774 it is meant that the first hit of the
5778 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5780 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5788 arg "space-insert protected"
5793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5796 \begin_inset space ~
5802 \begin_inset space ~
5806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5808 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5812 for more info.) Here is an example:
5815 \begin_layout Description
5817 \begin_inset space ~
5820 Example: This one shows how to use a
5823 \begin_inset space ~
5835 \begin_layout Description
5836 Usage: You should use the
5840 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5841 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5843 It's not a good idea to use a
5847 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5848 You're better off using
5860 paragraphs into them.
5863 \begin_layout Description
5864 Nesting: You can nest
5868 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5872 \begin_layout Standard
5873 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5874 them from the first line.
5877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5879 \begin_inset Index idx
5882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5891 \begin_layout Standard
5896 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5899 \begin_layout Standard
5908 list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
5910 Here are its properties:
5913 \begin_layout Labeling
5914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5916 \begin_inset space ~
5919 labels LyX uses the first
5920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5927 of each line as the item label.
5932 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5933 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5934 blank as described above.
5937 \begin_layout Labeling
5938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5939 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5940 the body of the item text.
5941 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5942 label width plus a little extra space.
5946 \begin_layout Labeling
5947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5949 \begin_inset space ~
5952 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5954 If the label width is larger, the label
5955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5962 into the first line.
5963 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5964 margin of the rest of the item text.
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5970 \begin_inset space ~
5973 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5978 environment has the same left margin.
5979 \begin_inset Newline newline
5982 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5985 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5987 \begin_inset space ~
5992 dialog (toolbar button
5995 arg "layout-paragraph"
6002 \begin_inset space ~
6007 determines the default label width.
6008 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6017 multiple times instead.
6018 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6027 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6030 \begin_inset space ~
6035 every time you alter a label in a
6040 \begin_inset Newline newline
6043 The predefined default width is the length of
6044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6052 \begin_inset space ~
6058 \begin_layout Standard
6063 list the same way as the
6067 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6073 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6077 \begin_layout Standard
6082 lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
6083 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6085 \begin_inset space ~
6089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6091 reference "sec:Nesting"
6095 to learn about nesting.
6098 \begin_layout Standard
6099 There is yet another feature of the
6103 list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
6105 You can use additional
6109 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6114 are documented in section
6115 \begin_inset space ~
6119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6121 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6126 Here are some examples:
6129 \begin_layout Labeling
6130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6131 Left The default for
6138 \begin_layout Labeling
6139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6140 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6147 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6150 \begin_layout Labeling
6151 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6152 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6156 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6163 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6166 \begin_layout Subsection
6168 \begin_inset Index idx
6171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6180 \begin_layout Standard
6181 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6184 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6186 in the document settings.
6187 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6192 \begin_inset Index idx
6195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6196 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6204 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6205 Custom Enumerate Lists
6206 \begin_inset Index idx
6209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6210 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6218 \begin_layout Standard
6220 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6226 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6227 There you add the command
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6238 \begin_layout Standard
6239 in TeX Code (shortcut
6249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6250 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6251 \begin_inset space ~
6255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6257 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6270 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6277 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6278 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6291 For Arabic numerals use
6299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6306 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6323 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6331 You can only number 26
6332 \begin_inset space ~
6335 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6343 \begin_layout Standard
6344 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6345 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6348 \begin_layout Standard
6349 As example a list with custom numbering:
6352 \begin_layout Enumerate
6353 \begin_inset Argument 1
6356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6382 \begin_layout Enumerate
6383 \begin_inset Argument 1
6386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6409 \begin_layout Enumerate
6414 \begin_layout Enumerate
6415 \begin_inset Argument 1
6418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6442 \begin_layout Enumerate
6443 \begin_inset Argument 1
6446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6472 \begin_layout Standard
6473 For this list these commands were used:
6476 \begin_layout Standard
6487 \begin_inset Newline newline
6495 \begin_inset Newline newline
6503 \begin_inset Newline newline
6513 \begin_layout Standard
6520 makes the label emphasized and
6529 \begin_layout Standard
6530 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6538 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6539 lists until you change the definition.
6547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6549 \begin_inset Index idx
6552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6553 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6561 \begin_layout Standard
6562 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6565 \begin_layout Enumerate
6566 \begin_inset Argument 1
6569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6588 \begin_inset Note Note
6591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6592 goes back to default numbering
6600 \begin_layout Enumerate
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6608 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6612 \begin_layout Standard
6613 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6618 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6619 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6622 \begin_layout Standard
6623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6631 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6639 \begin_layout Standard
6640 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6642 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6643 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6644 of a normal enumeration.
6645 There, insert the command
6648 \begin_layout Standard
6654 \begin_layout Standard
6659 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6663 \begin_layout Enumerate
6667 \begin_layout Enumerate
6671 \begin_layout Standard
6672 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6675 \begin_layout Enumerate
6676 \begin_inset Argument 1
6679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6695 This enumeration starts at 4
6698 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6700 \begin_inset Index idx
6703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6712 \begin_layout Standard
6713 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6715 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6718 \begin_layout Itemize
6722 \begin_layout Itemize
6723 with standard spacing
6726 \begin_layout Standard
6727 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6729 Add there the command
6733 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6736 \begin_layout Itemize
6737 \begin_inset Argument 1
6740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6759 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6767 \begin_layout Standard
6768 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6774 \begin_inset Index idx
6777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6784 For more info see its documentation,
6785 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6794 \begin_layout Standard
6795 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6797 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6798 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6802 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6805 \begin_layout Enumerate
6806 \begin_inset Argument 1
6809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6817 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6830 \begin_layout Enumerate
6831 with negative indentation
6834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6835 Further Customization
6836 \begin_inset Index idx
6839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6840 Lists ! Customization
6848 \begin_layout Standard
6849 You can also change the style of description lists.
6853 \begin_layout Standard
6859 \begin_layout Standard
6860 changes the description label font, the command
6863 \begin_layout Standard
6869 \begin_layout Standard
6870 sets the list style.
6873 \begin_layout Standard
6874 An example where the command
6877 \begin_layout Standard
6882 itshape, style=nextline
6885 \begin_layout Standard
6889 \begin_layout Description
6891 \begin_inset space ~
6895 \begin_inset Argument 1
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6904 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6906 itshape, style=nextline
6916 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6917 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6921 \begin_layout Description
6923 \begin_inset space ~
6926 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6927 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6928 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6938 \begin_inset Index idx
6941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6942 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6948 For more info see its documentation,
6949 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6958 \begin_layout Subsection
6960 \begin_inset Index idx
6963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6980 \begin_inset space ~
6988 \begin_layout Standard
6989 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6997 \begin_inset space ~
7003 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7004 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7005 In contrast, you can use the
7012 \begin_inset space ~
7017 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7018 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7022 \begin_layout Standard
7023 Of course, you're not limited to using
7030 \begin_inset space ~
7039 \begin_inset space ~
7044 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7045 some European academic papers.
7048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7052 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7059 \begin_layout Standard
7064 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7065 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7074 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7075 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7076 Here's an example of each:
7079 \begin_layout Right Address
7081 \begin_inset Newline newline
7085 \begin_inset Newline newline
7089 \begin_inset Newline newline
7092 When is it? What is today?
7095 \begin_layout Standard
7099 \begin_inset space ~
7105 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7106 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7107 Here's an example of the
7114 \begin_layout Address
7116 \begin_inset Newline newline
7119 Where do I send this
7120 \begin_inset Newline newline
7123 Your post office and country
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7127 As you can see, both
7134 \begin_inset space ~
7139 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7144 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7150 This makes sense, since
7158 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7159 Thus, you have to use
7166 arg "newline-insert newline"
7172 \begin_inset space ~
7175 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7177 \begin_inset space ~
7186 menu) to start a new line in an
7193 \begin_inset space ~
7201 \begin_layout Subsection
7205 \begin_layout Standard
7206 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7207 or list of references.
7208 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7215 \begin_inset Index idx
7218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7227 \begin_layout Standard
7232 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7233 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7234 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7235 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7239 in anything else or vice versa.
7245 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7246 The book document classes ignores the
7250 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7254 in a letter document class.
7257 \begin_layout Standard
7262 environment does several things for you.
7263 First, it puts the centered label
7264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7272 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7274 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7275 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7276 the subsequent text.
7277 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7278 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7281 \begin_layout Standard
7282 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7286 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7287 The new paragraph will still be in the
7292 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7293 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7296 \begin_layout Standard
7297 \begin_inset Float figure
7302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7304 \begin_inset Graphics
7305 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7313 \begin_inset Caption Standard
7315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7318 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7339 \begin_layout Standard
7340 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7344 environment, but since this document is in the
7345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7352 class, we can't do this.
7353 We inserted it therefore as figure
7354 \begin_inset space ~
7358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7360 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7365 If you've never heard of an
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7382 \begin_inset Index idx
7385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7394 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7406 environment is used to list references.
7407 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7408 only use it at the end of the document.
7413 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7416 \begin_layout Standard
7417 When you first open a
7421 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7437 depending on the document class.
7438 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7439 Each paragraph of the
7443 environment is a bibliography entry.
7448 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7449 Each new paragraph is still in the
7456 \begin_layout Standard
7457 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7458 by using a BibTeX database.
7459 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7460 phy handling, have a look at section
7461 \begin_inset space ~
7465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7467 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7474 \begin_layout Subsection
7478 \begin_inset Index idx
7481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7482 Paragraph ! LyX code
7488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7497 \begin_layout Standard
7502 environment is another LyX extension.
7503 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7508 key as a fixed whitespace;
7512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7524 \begin_inset space ~
7529 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7534 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7535 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7538 arg "newline-insert newline"
7555 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7556 So, when you finish using the
7560 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7561 Also, you can nest the
7565 environment inside of others.
7568 \begin_layout Standard
7569 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7572 \begin_layout Itemize
7576 arg "newline-insert newline"
7579 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7584 \begin_inset space \space{}
7594 arg "newline-insert newline"
7600 \begin_layout Itemize
7604 arg "newline-insert newline"
7615 \begin_layout Itemize
7620 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7627 \begin_layout Itemize
7631 arg "space-insert protected"
7638 \begin_layout Itemize
7639 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7640 You must put at least one
7644 in any line you want blank.
7645 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7648 \begin_layout Itemize
7649 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7653 since that will insert
7658 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7661 arg "self-insert \""
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7671 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7675 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7679 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7683 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7687 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7688 printf("Hello World!
7693 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7697 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7701 \begin_layout Standard
7702 This is just the standard
7703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7719 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7720 rc-files, and so on.
7721 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7722 as if you used a typewriter.
7723 \begin_inset Index idx
7726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7727 Paragraph environments|)
7732 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7735 Program Code Listings
7740 \begin_inset space ~
7748 \begin_layout Section
7749 Nesting Environments
7750 \begin_inset Index idx
7753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7754 Nesting ! Environments
7760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7769 \begin_layout Subsection
7773 \begin_layout Standard
7774 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7776 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7778 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7780 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7792 \begin_layout Enumerate
7796 \begin_layout Enumerate
7801 \begin_layout Enumerate
7805 \begin_layout Enumerate
7810 \begin_layout Enumerate
7814 \begin_layout Standard
7815 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7816 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7819 \begin_inset space ~
7823 \begin_inset space ~
7831 \begin_inset space ~
7835 \begin_inset space ~
7844 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7845 will tell you how far you are nested).
7846 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7849 arg "depth-increment"
7855 arg "depth-decrement"
7858 or the convenient key bindings
7869 arg "depth-increment"
7875 arg "depth-decrement"
7878 to change the nesting level.
7879 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7880 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7884 \begin_layout Standard
7885 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7886 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7887 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7888 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7891 \begin_layout Standard
7892 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7893 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7895 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7898 \begin_layout Subsection
7899 What You Can and Can't Nest
7902 \begin_layout Standard
7903 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7904 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7907 \begin_layout Standard
7908 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7909 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7910 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7913 \begin_layout Itemize
7914 Completely unnestable
7917 \begin_layout Itemize
7918 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7922 \begin_layout Itemize
7923 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7927 \begin_layout Standard
7928 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7929 environments have them:
7932 \begin_layout Description
7933 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7934 Can't nest into them.
7938 \begin_layout Itemize
7944 \begin_layout Itemize
7950 \begin_layout Itemize
7956 \begin_layout Itemize
7962 \begin_layout Itemize
7969 \begin_layout Description
7971 \begin_inset space ~
7974 Nestable You can nest them.
7975 You can nest other things into them.
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 \begin_layout Itemize
7991 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 \begin_layout Itemize
8009 \begin_layout Itemize
8015 \begin_layout Itemize
8021 \begin_layout Itemize
8028 \begin_layout Description
8029 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8030 You can't nest anything into them.
8034 \begin_layout Itemize
8040 \begin_layout Itemize
8046 \begin_layout Itemize
8052 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 \begin_layout Itemize
8064 \begin_layout Itemize
8070 \begin_layout Itemize
8076 \begin_layout Itemize
8082 \begin_layout Itemize
8088 \begin_layout Itemize
8094 \begin_layout Itemize
8100 \begin_layout Itemize
8106 \begin_layout Itemize
8112 \begin_layout Itemize
8116 \begin_inset space ~
8122 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \begin_layout Standard
8130 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8138 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8147 \begin_inset space ~
8151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8155 \begin_inset space \space{}
8158 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8159 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8160 section headings violate this.
8168 \begin_layout Subsection
8169 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8170 \begin_inset Index idx
8173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8174 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8182 \begin_layout Standard
8183 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8184 affected by nesting anyhow.
8188 \begin_layout Itemize
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8196 \begin_layout Itemize
8200 \begin_layout Standard
8202 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8210 Figures and tables in
8214 are not affected by this.
8219 Have a look at section
8220 \begin_inset space ~
8224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8226 reference "sec:Floats"
8230 for more information about
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8238 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8239 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8243 \begin_layout Standard
8244 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8252 of its own, it behaves just like a
8253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8260 paragraph environment.
8261 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8265 \begin_layout Standard
8266 Here's an example with a table:
8269 \begin_layout Enumerate
8274 \begin_layout Enumerate
8275 This is (a) and it's nested.
8279 \begin_layout Standard
8280 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8286 \begin_layout Standard
8288 \begin_inset Tabular
8289 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8290 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8376 \begin_layout Standard
8377 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8384 \begin_layout Enumerate
8386 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8390 \begin_layout Enumerate
8394 \begin_layout Standard
8395 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8398 \begin_layout Enumerate
8403 \begin_layout Enumerate
8404 This is (a) and it's nested.
8408 \begin_layout Standard
8409 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8415 \begin_layout Standard
8417 \begin_inset Tabular
8418 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8419 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8505 \begin_layout Standard
8506 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8512 \begin_layout Enumerate
8519 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8522 \begin_layout Enumerate
8526 \begin_layout Standard
8527 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8531 \begin_layout Standard
8532 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8534 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8537 \begin_layout Enumerate
8542 \begin_layout Enumerate
8543 This is (a) and it's nested.
8546 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8553 \begin_layout Standard
8555 \begin_inset Tabular
8556 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8557 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8559 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8644 \begin_layout Standard
8645 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8651 \begin_layout Enumerate
8653 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8660 \begin_layout Enumerate
8664 \begin_layout Standard
8665 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8671 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8672 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8676 \begin_layout Subsection
8677 Usage and General Features
8680 \begin_layout Standard
8681 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8690 is the innermost possible depth.
8691 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8694 \begin_layout Enumerate
8695 level #1 – outermost
8699 \begin_layout Enumerate
8704 \begin_layout Enumerate
8709 \begin_layout Enumerate
8714 \begin_layout Itemize
8719 \begin_layout Itemize
8728 \begin_layout Standard
8729 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8730 both of them in the example.
8731 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8741 For example, if we tried to nest another
8746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8753 , we would get errors.
8756 \begin_layout Subsection
8758 \begin_inset Index idx
8761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8770 \begin_layout Standard
8771 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8772 We have several examples of nested environments.
8773 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8778 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8781 \begin_layout Labeling
8782 \labelwidthstring MMM
8783 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8792 \begin_layout Labeling
8793 \labelwidthstring MMM
8794 #2-a This is level #2.
8795 We created it by using
8798 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8804 arg "depth-increment"
8811 \begin_layout Labeling
8812 \labelwidthstring MMM
8813 #3-a This is level #3.
8814 This time, we just hit
8821 arg "depth-increment"
8825 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8829 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8835 arg "depth-increment"
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8847 environment, nested inside of
8848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8856 So, it's at level #4.
8857 We did this by hitting
8860 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8866 arg "depth-increment"
8869 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8874 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8890 \begin_layout Standard
8895 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8898 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8904 \begin_layout Labeling
8905 \labelwidthstring MMM
8906 #4-a This is level #4.
8910 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8913 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8918 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8922 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8927 keep nesting things inside
8928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8939 \begin_layout Labeling
8940 \labelwidthstring MMM
8941 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8946 \begin_layout Labeling
8947 \labelwidthstring MMM
8948 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8949 and this is level #6.
8950 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8954 \begin_layout Labeling
8955 \labelwidthstring MMM
8956 #5-b Back to level #5.
8960 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8966 arg "depth-decrement"
8973 \begin_layout Labeling
8974 \labelwidthstring MMM
8978 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8984 arg "depth-decrement"
8987 , we're back at level #4.
8991 \begin_layout Labeling
8992 \labelwidthstring MMM
8993 #3-b Back to level #3.
8994 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8998 \begin_layout Labeling
8999 \labelwidthstring MMM
9000 #2-b Back to level #2.
9005 \begin_layout Labeling
9006 \labelwidthstring MMM
9007 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9008 After this sentence, we will hit
9012 and change the paragraph environment back to
9019 \begin_layout Standard
9020 We could have also used the
9036 environment in place of the
9041 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9045 Example 2: Inheritance
9048 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9049 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9052 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9061 arg "depth-increment"
9064 , after which, we will change to the
9072 \begin_layout Enumerate
9077 environment, at level #2.
9080 \begin_layout Enumerate
9081 Notice how the nested
9085 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9089 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9093 \begin_layout Standard
9094 We ended this example by hitting
9099 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9103 and reset the nesting depth by using
9106 arg "depth-decrement"
9112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9113 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9122 \begin_inset Argument 1
9125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9126 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9134 \begin_layout Enumerate
9135 This is level #1, in an
9139 paragraph environment.
9140 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9144 \begin_layout Enumerate
9149 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9155 arg "depth-increment"
9159 Now, what happens if we nest an
9163 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9164 label be? An asterisk?
9168 \begin_layout Itemize
9178 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9179 So, its label is a bullet.
9180 (We got here by using
9183 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9189 arg "depth-increment"
9192 , then changing the environment to
9200 \begin_layout Itemize
9201 Here's level #4, produced using
9204 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9210 arg "depth-increment"
9214 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9219 \begin_layout Enumerate
9220 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9222 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9227 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9231 , because we are in the
9240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9259 \begin_layout Enumerate
9264 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9265 type of numbering does LyX use?
9268 \begin_layout Enumerate
9269 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9272 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9275 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9278 \begin_layout Enumerate
9282 arg "depth-decrement"
9285 to decrease the depth after the next
9288 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9295 \begin_layout Enumerate
9297 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9301 \begin_layout Enumerate
9303 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9304 numeral as the label.Why?
9307 \begin_layout Enumerate
9308 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9317 Notice, however, that LyX
9321 reset the counter for the label.
9325 \begin_layout Enumerate
9329 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9335 arg "depth-decrement"
9338 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9339 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9340 into the twofold-nested
9348 \begin_layout Enumerate
9349 The same thing happens if we do another
9352 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9358 arg "depth-decrement"
9361 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9364 \begin_layout Standard
9365 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9370 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9384 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9390 The same rule applies for the
9394 environment, as well.
9397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9398 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9401 \begin_layout Enumerate
9402 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9403 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9404 the same detail with how we did it.
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9421 arg "depth-increment"
9428 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9429 the example in parentheses someplace.
9430 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9431 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9432 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9436 \begin_layout Enumerate
9441 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9446 Now we will add verse.
9447 \begin_inset Newline newline
9450 It will get much worse.
9451 \begin_inset Newline newline
9461 arg "depth-increment"
9472 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9473 \begin_inset Newline newline
9476 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9477 \begin_inset Newline newline
9483 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9496 \begin_layout Standard
9497 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9503 \begin_layout Standard
9505 \begin_inset Tabular
9506 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9507 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
9508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9608 arg "depth-increment"
9614 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9624 arg "depth-decrement"
9631 \begin_layout Enumerate
9636 : level #1) This is another item.
9637 Note that selecting a
9641 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9642 3 times to put the table inside the
9650 \begin_layout Quotation
9651 We're now ending the
9655 list and changing to
9660 We're still at level #1.
9661 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9662 The next set of paragraphs is a
9663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9670 We will nest both the
9677 \begin_inset space ~
9682 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9686 for the letter body.
9690 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9693 to preserve the depth.
9694 Remember that you need to use
9697 arg "newline-insert newline"
9700 to create multiple lines inside the
9707 \begin_inset space ~
9717 \begin_layout Right Address
9719 \begin_inset Newline newline
9722 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9723 \begin_inset Newline newline
9729 \begin_layout Address
9731 \begin_inset space ~
9737 \begin_layout Quotation
9738 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9742 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9743 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9744 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9745 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9746 as soon as possible.
9747 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9750 \begin_layout Quotation
9751 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9752 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9753 with your order, along with payment.
9756 \begin_layout Quotation
9757 We thank you again for your patience.
9760 \begin_layout Address
9762 \begin_inset Newline newline
9769 \begin_layout Quotation
9770 That ends that example!
9773 \begin_layout Standard
9774 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9775 just a few keystrokes.
9776 We could have easily nested an
9797 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9800 \begin_layout Section
9801 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9802 \begin_inset Index idx
9805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9814 \begin_layout Standard
9815 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9816 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9817 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9818 be broken at the end of a line.
9819 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9823 \begin_layout Subsection
9825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9827 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9832 \begin_inset Index idx
9835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9844 \begin_layout Standard
9845 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9847 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9851 Further documentation is given in section
9852 \begin_inset Newline newline
9856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9858 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9866 \begin_layout Standard
9867 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9882 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9891 A protected space is set with
9893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9894 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9898 \begin_inset space ~
9908 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9914 \begin_layout Subsection
9916 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9918 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9923 \begin_inset Index idx
9926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9927 Spacing ! Horizontal
9935 \begin_layout Standard
9936 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9939 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9943 The length units are listed in Appendix
9944 \begin_inset space ~
9948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9950 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
9957 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9961 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9966 \begin_inset Index idx
9969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9978 \begin_layout Standard
9980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9984 \begin_inset space \space{}
9987 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9988 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9989 \begin_inset space ~
9993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9995 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10000 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10001 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10004 arg "space-insert normal"
10010 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10014 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10019 \begin_inset Index idx
10022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10031 \begin_layout Standard
10033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10040 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10049 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10050 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10051 inside abbreviations:
10054 \begin_layout Quote
10056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10060 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10063 \begin_layout Standard
10064 or between values and units.
10065 Compare for example this:
10066 \begin_inset Newline newline
10070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10074 \begin_inset Newline newline
10077 10 kg (normal space
10080 \begin_layout Standard
10081 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10084 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10086 \begin_inset space ~
10094 arg "space-insert thin"
10100 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10104 \begin_layout Standard
10105 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10108 \begin_layout Description
10110 \begin_inset space ~
10114 \begin_inset space ~
10117 space A line with a
10118 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10122 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10126 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10129 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10132 \begin_layout Description
10134 \begin_inset space ~
10138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10142 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10146 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10150 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10154 \begin_inset space ~
10158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10161 em) space between the arrows.
10164 \begin_layout Description
10166 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10174 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10178 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10182 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10186 \begin_inset space ~
10190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10193 em) space between the arrows.
10196 \begin_layout Description
10198 \begin_inset space ~
10202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10206 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10210 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10214 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10218 \begin_inset space ~
10222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10225 em) space between the arrows.
10228 \begin_layout Description
10230 \begin_inset space ~
10234 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10238 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10243 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10250 cm space between the arrows.
10253 \begin_layout Standard
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10261 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10265 lists the different space sizes.
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 \begin_inset Float table
10274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10276 \begin_inset Caption Standard
10278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10281 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10285 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10295 \begin_inset Tabular
10296 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10297 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
10298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10363 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10522 \begin_inset Index idx
10525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 \begin_layout Standard
10535 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10536 in a uniform fashion.
10537 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10538 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10539 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10540 equally between themselves.
10543 \begin_layout Standard
10544 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10547 \begin_layout Quote
10549 This is on the left side
10550 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10553 This is on the right
10556 \begin_layout Quote
10559 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10569 \begin_layout Quote
10572 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10576 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10580 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10586 \begin_layout Standard
10587 That was an example in the
10593 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10601 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10604 is one in a standard paragraph.
10605 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10609 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10612 \begin_layout Standard
10613 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10616 \begin_inset space ~
10621 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10624 \begin_layout Standard
10626 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10630 \begin_inset space ~
10636 \begin_layout Standard
10638 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10642 \begin_inset space ~
10648 \begin_layout Standard
10650 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10654 \begin_inset space ~
10660 \begin_layout Standard
10662 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10666 \begin_inset space ~
10672 \begin_layout Standard
10674 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10678 \begin_inset space ~
10684 \begin_layout Standard
10686 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10690 \begin_inset space ~
10696 \begin_layout Standard
10697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10705 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10709 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10710 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10711 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10715 option in the space dialog.
10723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10727 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10732 \begin_inset Index idx
10735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10745 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10751 \begin_inset space \space{}
10754 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10757 \begin_layout Standard
10758 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10761 What is correct English?:
10762 \begin_inset Newline newline
10766 \begin_inset Newline newline
10770 \begin_inset space ~
10773 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10774 \begin_inset Newline newline
10778 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10789 \begin_inset Newline newline
10793 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10810 \begin_layout Standard
10811 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10816 \begin_inset space ~
10820 \begin_inset space ~
10824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10828 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10830 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10831 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10835 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10841 \begin_inset space ~
10845 \begin_inset space ~
10849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10852 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10861 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10862 That is why it is named
10863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10871 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10872 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10876 \begin_layout Subsection
10878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10880 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10885 \begin_inset Index idx
10888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10897 \begin_layout Standard
10898 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10901 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10903 \begin_inset space ~
10909 There you find the following sizes:
10912 \begin_layout Standard
10925 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10930 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10936 \begin_inset Index idx
10939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10940 Document ! Settings
10945 for the paragraph separation.
10946 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10957 \begin_layout Standard
10963 \begin_inset Index idx
10966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10972 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10973 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10975 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10976 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10985 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10994 s are described in section
10995 \begin_inset space ~
10999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11001 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11010 If there are several
11014 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11015 You can therefore use
11019 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11022 \begin_layout Standard
11027 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11028 \begin_inset space ~
11032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11034 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11041 \begin_layout Standard
11042 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11052 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11053 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11065 \begin_layout Subsection
11066 Paragraph Alignment
11067 \begin_inset Index idx
11070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11071 Paragraph ! Alignment
11079 \begin_layout Standard
11080 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11082 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11085 dialog (toolbar button
11088 arg "layout-paragraph"
11092 There are five possibilities:
11095 \begin_layout Itemize
11103 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11109 \begin_layout Itemize
11117 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11123 \begin_layout Itemize
11131 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11137 \begin_layout Itemize
11145 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11151 \begin_layout Itemize
11159 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11165 \begin_layout Standard
11166 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11167 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11168 the left and right margins.
11169 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11172 \begin_layout Standard
11174 This paragraph is right aligned,
11177 \begin_layout Standard
11179 this one is centered,
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11184 this one is left aligned.
11187 \begin_layout Subsection
11189 \begin_inset Index idx
11192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11193 Page breaks ! Forced
11199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11201 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11209 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11210 can force a page break where you want one.
11211 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11212 Only if you use a lot of
11216 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11219 \begin_layout Standard
11220 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11221 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11225 have to change the page breaking.
11228 \begin_layout Standard
11229 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11231 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11234 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11236 \begin_inset space ~
11242 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11245 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11247 \begin_inset space ~
11252 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11254 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11255 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11260 at the top of a page.
11261 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11262 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11263 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11264 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11268 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11272 to learn more about
11279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11283 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11288 \begin_inset Index idx
11291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11292 Page breaks ! Clear
11300 \begin_layout Standard
11301 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11302 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11303 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11304 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11305 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11308 \begin_layout Standard
11309 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11311 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11312 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11314 \begin_inset space ~
11320 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11323 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11325 \begin_inset space ~
11329 \begin_inset space ~
11334 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11335 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11338 \begin_layout Subsection
11340 \begin_inset Index idx
11343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11352 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11359 \begin_layout Standard
11360 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11362 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11365 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11367 \begin_inset space ~
11371 \begin_inset space ~
11379 arg "newline-insert newline"
11383 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11386 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11388 \begin_inset space ~
11392 \begin_inset space ~
11397 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11399 This is useful to avoid
11400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11407 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11410 \begin_layout Standard
11411 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11412 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11413 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11414 set a line break, e.
11415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11419 \begin_inset space \space{}
11422 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11423 \begin_inset space ~
11427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11429 reference "sec:Quote"
11434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11436 reference "sec:Verse"
11441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11443 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11450 \begin_layout Subsection
11452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11454 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11459 \begin_inset Index idx
11462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11471 \begin_layout Standard
11473 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11484 \begin_layout Standard
11488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11489 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11491 \begin_inset space ~
11496 you can insert horizontal lines.
11497 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11498 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11499 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11502 \begin_layout Standard
11504 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11515 \begin_layout Section
11516 Characters and Symbols
11519 \begin_layout Standard
11520 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11521 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11526 \begin_inset space \space{}
11529 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11537 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11541 for information on how this is done.
11544 \begin_layout Standard
11545 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11550 dialog via the menu
11552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11553 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11559 \begin_layout Standard
11560 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11568 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11569 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11570 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11578 \begin_layout Section
11579 Fonts and Text Styles
11580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11582 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11589 \begin_layout Subsection
11591 \begin_inset Index idx
11594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11603 \begin_layout Standard
11604 There are two types of fonts:
11607 \begin_layout Description
11609 \begin_inset space ~
11613 \begin_inset Index idx
11616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11622 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11627 characters) in the font.
11628 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11629 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11630 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11631 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11632 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11633 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11634 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11635 \begin_inset Newline newline
11638 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11639 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11640 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11641 sizes than at small ones.
11642 \begin_inset Newline newline
11656 \begin_inset space ~
11664 \begin_layout Description
11666 \begin_inset space ~
11670 \begin_inset Index idx
11673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11679 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11680 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11681 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11682 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11683 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11684 picture manipulation program.
11685 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11686 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11687 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11688 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11689 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11691 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11692 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11693 \begin_inset Newline newline
11696 Bitmap fonts are named
11699 \begin_inset space ~
11704 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11707 \begin_layout Standard
11708 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11709 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11710 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11711 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11712 use scalable fonts.
11715 \begin_layout Standard
11716 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11717 its document properties.
11720 \begin_layout Standard
11721 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11722 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11723 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11724 font to emphasize text, you use an
11725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11733 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11734 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11738 \begin_layout Subsection
11740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11742 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11749 \begin_layout Standard
11750 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11751 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11752 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11754 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11755 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11756 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11757 to usual word processors.
11758 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11759 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11760 across different machines.
11761 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11762 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11764 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11766 \begin_inset space ~
11770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11772 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11777 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11778 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11782 \begin_layout Standard
11783 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11784 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11786 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11787 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11788 that is installed on your system.
11789 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11792 \begin_layout Standard
11793 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11801 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11802 es; so you might have to experiment.
11810 \begin_layout Standard
11811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11819 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11820 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11828 \begin_layout Subsection
11829 Document Font and Font size
11830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11832 name "sub:Document-Font"
11837 \begin_inset Index idx
11840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11847 \begin_inset Index idx
11850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11859 \begin_layout Standard
11860 You can set the document fonts in the
11862 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11866 \begin_inset Index idx
11869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11870 Document ! Settings
11880 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11881 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11884 \begin_inset space ~
11893 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11894 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11898 \begin_layout Standard
11905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11914 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11915 This requires that you use
11921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11960 as the output format, i.
11961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11965 \begin_inset space \space{}
11968 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11969 \begin_inset space ~
11973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11975 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11980 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
11981 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
11983 \begin_inset space ~
11986 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11987 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11988 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11990 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11993 \begin_layout Standard
11994 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11999 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12004 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12005 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12012 \begin_inset space ~
12018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 European Computer Modern
12034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12041 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12044 \begin_layout Standard
12053 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12054 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12059 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12062 \begin_inset space ~
12067 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12073 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12074 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12077 \begin_layout Itemize
12081 \begin_inset space ~
12086 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12099 \begin_inset space ~
12104 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12108 as the default font.
12109 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12110 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12113 \begin_inset space ~
12126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12127 One difference is improved kerning.
12135 \begin_layout Itemize
12139 \begin_inset space ~
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12148 fonts in (the rare) case that
12151 \begin_inset space ~
12156 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12171 Virtual means that it
12172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12183 -glyphs from other fonts.
12184 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12206 Loading the LaTeX-package
12211 \begin_inset Index idx
12214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12215 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12220 with the document preamble line
12221 \begin_inset Newline newline
12228 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12229 \begin_inset Newline newline
12234 will fix the guillemet problem.
12239 and that accented characters are not
12243 glyph, but built of
12247 characters, the accent and the letter.
12248 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12254 If you search for example for the French word
12255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12262 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12271 and not for the glyph
12272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12276 \begin_inset space ~
12280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12286 \begin_layout Itemize
12287 If you do not like the look of
12295 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12300 \begin_inset space ~
12306 \begin_inset space ~
12316 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12317 \begin_inset space ~
12320 serif and typewriter fonts,
12324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12325 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12332 \begin_inset space ~
12341 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12346 \begin_inset space \space{}
12354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12358 \begin_inset space \space{}
12364 \begin_inset space ~
12372 \begin_inset space ~
12382 but you can also select your own.
12383 \begin_inset Newline newline
12386 The differences between roman,
12389 \begin_inset space ~
12398 fonts are explained in section
12399 \begin_inset space ~
12403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12405 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12410 \begin_inset Newline newline
12416 \begin_inset space ~
12421 was originally designed for newspapers.
12422 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12423 into the small newspaper columns.
12427 \begin_inset space ~
12432 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12435 \begin_layout Standard
12436 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12449 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12454 depends on the class you are using.
12455 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12458 \begin_layout Standard
12459 Note that the font size is the
12464 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12465 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12466 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12469 \begin_inset space ~
12475 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12476 \begin_inset space ~
12480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12482 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12489 \begin_layout Standard
12494 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12496 \begin_inset space ~
12499 serif or typewriter.
12504 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12514 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12517 \begin_layout Standard
12526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12535 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12541 \begin_inset Index idx
12544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12545 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12551 \begin_inset space ~
12555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12557 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12562 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12563 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12570 \begin_layout Standard
12571 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12573 Use Old Style Figures
12577 Use True Small Caps
12580 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12583 Use Old Style Figures
12585 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12587 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12595 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12599 Use True Small Caps
12601 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12602 of scaled capitals.
12603 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12604 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12607 \begin_layout Standard
12612 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12613 a font to display the script characters.
12617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12618 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12623 \begin_inset Index idx
12626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12627 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12632 So this has no effect for the document language
12648 \begin_layout Standard
12649 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12653 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12661 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12665 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12666 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12667 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12669 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12672 dialog, see section
12673 \begin_inset space ~
12677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12679 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12691 \begin_layout Subsection
12692 Using Different Character Styles
12693 \begin_inset Index idx
12696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12703 \begin_inset Index idx
12706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12717 certain paragraph environments.
12718 LyX supports two character styles,
12727 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12731 \begin_layout Standard
12736 style, do one of the following:
12739 \begin_layout Itemize
12740 click on the toolbar button
12749 \begin_layout Itemize
12750 use the key binding
12759 \begin_layout Standard
12760 These commands are all toggles.
12765 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12768 \begin_layout Standard
12769 One typically uses the
12773 style for proper names.
12775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12782 is the original author of LyX.
12783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12789 \begin_layout Standard
12790 A more widely used character style is the
12795 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12802 \begin_layout Itemize
12803 clicking on the toolbar button
12812 \begin_layout Itemize
12813 using the keybindings
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12827 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12828 es use a different font.
12831 \begin_layout Standard
12832 We've been using the
12836 style all over the place in this document.
12837 Here's one more example:
12840 \begin_layout Quotation
12843 Do not overuse character styles!
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12848 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12849 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12850 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12854 \begin_layout Standard
12855 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12863 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12865 \begin_inset space ~
12873 \begin_layout Subsection
12874 Fine-Tuning with the
12879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12881 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12886 \begin_inset Index idx
12889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12899 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12900 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12901 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12902 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12903 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12904 from ordinary dialog.
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12909 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12910 \begin_inset Newline newline
12913 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12914 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12917 \begin_layout Standard
12918 To use custom character styles, open the
12920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12922 \begin_inset space ~
12925 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12928 dialog or press the toolbar button
12931 arg "dialog-show character"
12935 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12936 font property that you can choose.
12937 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12940 \begin_inset space ~
12945 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12950 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12951 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12952 environments in a snap.
12955 \begin_layout Standard
12956 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12959 \begin_inset space ~
12971 \begin_layout Labeling
12972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12986 The possible options are:
12990 \begin_layout Labeling
12991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12996 This is the Roman font family.
12997 Normally a serif font.
12998 It's also the default family.
13008 \begin_layout Labeling
13009 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13013 \begin_inset space ~
13020 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13032 \begin_layout Labeling
13033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13040 This is the Typewriter font family.
13046 arg "font-typewriter"
13055 \begin_layout Labeling
13056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13061 This corresponds to the print weight.
13066 \begin_layout Labeling
13067 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13072 This is the Medium font series.
13073 It's also the default series.
13076 \begin_layout Labeling
13077 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13084 This is the Bold font series.
13097 \begin_layout Labeling
13098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13103 As the name implies.
13108 \begin_layout Labeling
13109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13114 This is the Upright font shape.
13115 It's also the default shape.
13118 \begin_layout Labeling
13119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13133 s the Italic font shape
13139 \begin_layout Labeling
13140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13147 This is the Slanted font shape
13149 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13152 \begin_layout Labeling
13153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13157 \begin_inset space ~
13164 This is the Small caps font shape
13171 \begin_layout Labeling
13172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13177 Alters the size of the font.
13178 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13179 proportional to the document font size.
13180 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13181 what you want to do.
13186 \begin_layout Labeling
13187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13208 arg "font-size tiny"
13214 \begin_layout Labeling
13215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13236 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13242 \begin_layout Labeling
13243 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13264 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13270 \begin_layout Labeling
13271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13292 arg "font-size small"
13298 \begin_layout Labeling
13299 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13313 It's also the default size.
13317 arg "font-size normal"
13323 \begin_layout Labeling
13324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13345 arg "font-size large"
13351 \begin_layout Labeling
13352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13373 arg "font-size larger"
13379 \begin_layout Labeling
13380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13401 arg "font-size largest"
13407 \begin_layout Labeling
13408 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13429 arg "font-size huge"
13435 \begin_layout Labeling
13436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13457 arg "font-size giant"
13463 \begin_layout Labeling
13464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13469 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13489 arg "font-size increase"
13495 \begin_layout Labeling
13496 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13501 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13521 arg "font-size decrease"
13528 \begin_layout Standard
13533 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13534 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13535 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13536 — use those instead.
13537 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13540 \begin_layout Labeling
13541 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13546 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13551 \begin_layout Labeling
13552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13559 This is text with emphasize on
13562 This might seem like the same as
13566 , but it is actually a bit different.
13572 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13574 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13577 \begin_layout Labeling
13578 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13585 This is text with Underbar on.
13591 arg "font-underline"
13597 \begin_inset Newline newline
13602 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13603 when you could not change fonts.
13604 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13605 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13609 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13612 \begin_layout Labeling
13613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13617 \begin_inset space ~
13624 This is text with Double underbar on.
13630 arg "font-underunderline"
13634 \begin_inset Newline newline
13637 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13638 about double underbar.
13641 \begin_layout Labeling
13642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13646 \begin_inset space ~
13653 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13659 arg "font-underwave"
13663 \begin_inset Newline newline
13666 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13667 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13670 \begin_layout Labeling
13671 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13678 This is text with Strikeout on.
13684 arg "font-strikeout"
13688 \begin_inset Newline newline
13691 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13692 changed in the meantime.
13695 \begin_layout Labeling
13696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13703 This is text with Noun on.
13710 , this is a logical attribute.
13711 Normally it's equivalent to
13714 \begin_inset space ~
13723 \begin_layout Labeling
13724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13729 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13730 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13734 \begin_inset space ~
13739 , which is the default
13740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13747 and means normally black, you can choose between
13780 \begin_inset Index idx
13783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13792 \begin_layout Labeling
13793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13798 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13799 the language of the document.
13800 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13802 \begin_inset Newline newline
13805 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13806 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13807 When using the spell checking (see section
13808 \begin_inset space ~
13812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13814 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13818 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13823 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13825 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13827 \begin_inset space ~
13832 dialog, the settings are saved.
13833 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13836 arg "textstyle-apply"
13840 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13844 \begin_layout Standard
13845 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13852 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13853 (suppose you just set the shape to
13854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13872 \begin_inset space ~
13884 \begin_layout Standard
13885 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13893 \begin_inset space ~
13905 \begin_layout Itemize
13911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13918 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13936 \begin_inset Newline newline
13940 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13954 \begin_inset Note Note
13957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13958 For more on phantoms see section
13959 \begin_inset space ~
13963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13965 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
13975 \begin_inset Newline newline
13981 \begin_layout Itemize
13986 fonts use characters with serifs.
13987 These are the small
13988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13995 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13996 The following example shows the difference:
13997 \begin_inset Newline newline
14001 \begin_inset Newline newline
14006 text without serifs
14009 \begin_inset Newline newline
14012 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14013 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14020 \begin_layout Itemize
14025 is not recommended to use a base type.
14026 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14027 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14030 \begin_layout Standard
14031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14038 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14039 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14040 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14042 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14043 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14044 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14062 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14063 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14071 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14075 \begin_inset space ~
14080 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14096 \begin_inset space \space{}
14100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14118 \begin_inset space ~
14123 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14132 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14135 \begin_layout Standard
14136 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14137 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14140 \begin_layout Section
14141 Printing and Previewing
14144 \begin_layout Subsection
14148 \begin_layout Standard
14149 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14150 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14151 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14152 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14153 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14155 Additional Features
14160 \begin_layout Standard
14161 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14162 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14163 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14164 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14165 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14166 This happens in two stages:
14169 \begin_layout Enumerate
14170 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14171 generating a file with the extension,
14172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14186 \begin_layout Enumerate
14187 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14191 file to produce printable output.
14195 \begin_layout Subsection
14196 Output file formats
14197 \begin_inset Index idx
14200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14209 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14217 Simple text (ASCII)
14218 \begin_inset Index idx
14221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14222 File formats ! ASCII
14230 \begin_layout Standard
14231 This file type has the extension
14232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14244 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14248 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14255 \begin_layout Standard
14256 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14258 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14259 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14261 \begin_inset space ~
14268 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14269 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14271 \begin_inset space ~
14275 \begin_inset space ~
14281 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14287 \begin_inset Index idx
14290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14291 File formats ! LaTeX
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14300 This file type has the extension
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14312 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14314 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14315 it manually with console commands.
14316 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14317 you view or export your document.
14320 \begin_layout Standard
14321 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14323 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14324 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14339 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14340 \begin_inset space ~
14344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14346 reference "sub:Export"
14353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14355 \begin_inset Index idx
14358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14367 \begin_layout Standard
14368 This file type has the extension
14369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14389 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14390 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14391 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14395 \begin_layout Standard
14396 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14397 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14398 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
14399 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
14400 when you view the DVI.
14401 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14404 \begin_layout Standard
14405 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14407 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14408 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14413 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14414 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14416 \begin_inset space ~
14423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14433 The latter option uses the program
14442 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14443 font access (see section
14444 \begin_inset space ~
14448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14450 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14455 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14456 standard TeX processor.
14459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14461 \begin_inset Index idx
14464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14465 File formats ! PostScript
14473 \begin_layout Standard
14474 This file type has the extension
14475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14487 PostScript was developed by the company
14491 as a printer language.
14492 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14494 PostScript can be seen as a
14495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 programming language
14499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14502 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14507 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14513 \begin_inset Index idx
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14517 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14527 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14530 \begin_layout Standard
14531 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14535 Encapsulated PostScript
14536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14539 (EPS, file extension
14540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14552 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14553 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14559 \begin_inset space \space{}
14563 \begin_inset space ~
14566 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14567 \begin_inset space ~
14570 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14571 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14572 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14573 EPS to avoid this problem.
14576 \begin_layout Standard
14577 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14579 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14580 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14586 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14588 \begin_inset Index idx
14591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14598 \begin_inset Index idx
14601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14610 \begin_layout Standard
14611 This file type has the extension
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14628 Portable Document Format
14629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14636 was derived from PostScript.
14637 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14646 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14647 looks exactly the same.
14650 \begin_layout Standard
14651 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14655 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14659 (JPG, file extension
14660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14687 Portable Network Graphics
14688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14691 (PNG, file extension
14692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14704 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14705 background to one of these formats.
14706 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14707 will slow down your workflow.
14708 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14712 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14714 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14720 \begin_layout Description
14722 \begin_inset space ~
14725 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14729 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14730 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14734 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14735 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14738 \begin_layout Description
14740 \begin_inset space ~
14743 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14747 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14751 \begin_layout Description
14753 \begin_inset space ~
14756 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14760 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14763 \begin_layout Description
14765 \begin_inset space ~
14772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14779 X) This uses the program
14783 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14788 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14789 font access (see section
14790 \begin_inset space ~
14794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14796 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14801 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14802 y written Japanese.
14805 \begin_layout Description
14807 \begin_inset space ~
14814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14821 X) This uses the program
14825 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14830 is an even newer engine, derived from
14834 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14835 access (see section
14836 \begin_inset space ~
14840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14842 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14847 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14848 standard TeX processor.
14851 \begin_layout Standard
14855 \begin_inset space ~
14864 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14865 works without problems.
14866 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14867 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14871 \begin_inset space ~
14878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14890 \begin_inset space ~
14897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14906 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14916 \begin_inset Index idx
14919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14920 FileFormats ! XHTML
14926 \begin_inset Index idx
14929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14938 \begin_layout Standard
14939 This file type has the extension
14940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14952 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14953 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
14954 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14955 suitable for the purpose.
14956 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14958 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14959 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14962 between different formats, which are described in section
14964 Math Output in XHTML
14969 \begin_inset space ~
14977 \begin_layout Standard
14978 XHTML output remains
14979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14986 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14989 LyX and the World Wide Web
14993 Additional Features
14995 manual, for more information.
14998 \begin_layout Standard
14999 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15001 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15002 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15008 \begin_layout Subsection
15010 \begin_inset Index idx
15013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15023 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15024 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15033 or use the toolbar button
15040 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15041 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15048 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15052 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15060 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15065 Further output formats can be selected via
15067 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15070 or the toolbar button
15071 \begin_inset Graphics
15072 filename ../images/view-others.png
15074 groupId toolbarbuttons
15081 \begin_layout Standard
15082 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15083 viewer window using the menu
15085 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15090 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15091 Update (Other Formats)
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15097 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15099 To have a real output, export your document.
15102 \begin_layout Subsection
15103 Printing the File from within LyX
15104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15106 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15114 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15115 it directly from within LyX.
15116 To print a file, select the menu
15118 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15121 or click on the toolbar button
15124 arg "dialog-show print"
15128 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15129 This file is then processed by the program
15133 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15138 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15141 \begin_layout Standard
15142 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15143 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15144 printing one set to print on the other side.
15145 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15146 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15147 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15150 \begin_layout Standard
15151 You can set the following print parameters in the
15154 \begin_inset space ~
15162 \begin_layout Labeling
15163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15168 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15173 Note that this printer name is for the program
15182 has to be configured for this printer name.
15183 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15184 \begin_inset space ~
15188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15190 reference "sub:Printer"
15199 The printer should understand PostScript.
15202 \begin_layout Labeling
15203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15208 The name of a file to print to.
15209 The output will be a PostScript file.
15210 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15214 \begin_layout Section
15215 A few Words about Typography
15216 \begin_inset Index idx
15219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15228 \begin_layout Subsection
15229 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15230 \begin_inset Index idx
15233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15240 \begin_inset Index idx
15243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15252 \begin_layout Standard
15254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15265 character comes in four lengths: the
15277 , and the minus sign:
15278 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15284 \begin_layout Standard
15285 \begin_inset Tabular
15286 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15287 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
15288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15289 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15290 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15291 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15320 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15360 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15387 \begin_inset space ~
15390 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15397 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15424 \begin_inset space ~
15427 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15448 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15482 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15488 \begin_layout Standard
15489 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15501 character multiple times in a row.
15502 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15503 the final output, but not in LyX.
15505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15535 \begin_layout Standard
15536 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15537 math mode and has a length of its own.
15538 Here are some examples:
15541 \begin_layout Enumerate
15542 line- and page-breaks
15543 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15553 \begin_layout Enumerate
15555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15565 \begin_layout Enumerate
15566 Oh — there's a dash.
15567 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15577 \begin_layout Enumerate
15578 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15582 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15592 \begin_layout Subsection
15594 \begin_inset Index idx
15597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15606 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15614 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15615 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15620 \begin_inset Index idx
15623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15624 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15629 following the rules of the document language.
15632 \begin_layout Standard
15633 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15638 font and with unusual constructs, like
15639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15647 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15649 This is done with the menu
15651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15652 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15654 \begin_inset space ~
15660 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15661 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15664 \begin_layout Standard
15665 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15666 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15676 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15684 as a hyphenation possibility.
15685 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15686 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15687 as described in section
15688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15691 Prevent Hyphenation
15692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15698 \begin_inset space ~
15706 \begin_layout Subsection
15708 \begin_inset Index idx
15711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15720 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15721 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15724 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15731 \begin_layout Standard
15732 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15733 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15734 LaTeX then adds the
15735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15738 appropriate amount of space
15739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15745 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15746 gets after another word.
15749 \begin_layout Standard
15750 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15751 not work in all cases.
15753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15764 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15765 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15768 \begin_layout Standard
15769 Here are some examples of
15773 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15776 \begin_layout Itemize
15781 \begin_layout Itemize
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15787 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15790 \begin_layout Itemize
15792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15796 this is too much space!
15799 \begin_layout Itemize
15804 \begin_layout Standard
15805 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15809 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15812 \begin_layout Enumerate
15816 \begin_inset space ~
15821 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15822 \begin_inset space ~
15826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15828 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15833 \begin_inset Index idx
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15837 Spaces ! inter-word
15845 \begin_layout Enumerate
15849 \begin_inset space ~
15854 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15855 \begin_inset space ~
15859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15861 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15866 \begin_inset Index idx
15869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15878 \begin_layout Enumerate
15882 \begin_inset space ~
15886 \begin_inset space ~
15890 \begin_inset space ~
15897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15899 \begin_inset space ~
15904 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15905 This function is also bound to
15908 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15914 \begin_layout Standard
15915 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15918 \begin_layout Itemize
15920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15924 \begin_inset space \space{}
15927 this is too much space!
15930 \begin_layout Itemize
15931 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15936 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15937 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15938 will take care of this.
15941 \begin_layout Standard
15942 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15946 \begin_inset space ~
15951 feature described in section
15957 Additional Features
15962 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15964 \begin_inset Index idx
15967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15968 Typography ! Quotes
15974 \begin_inset Index idx
15977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16009 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16010 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16011 and use a closing quote at the end.
16013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16021 The keyboard character,
16025 , generates this automatically.
16028 \begin_layout Standard
16029 You can specify what character the
16033 key produces using the submenu
16039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16043 \begin_inset Index idx
16046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16047 Document ! Settings
16057 There are six choices:
16060 \begin_layout Labeling
16061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16073 Use quotes like this
16074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16084 \begin_layout Labeling
16085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16088 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16092 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16098 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16102 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16108 \begin_layout Labeling
16109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16112 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16116 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16122 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16126 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16132 \begin_layout Labeling
16133 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16136 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16140 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16146 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16150 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16156 \begin_layout Labeling
16157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16160 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16164 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16170 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16174 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16180 \begin_layout Labeling
16181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16184 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16188 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16194 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16198 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16204 \begin_layout Subsection
16206 \begin_inset Index idx
16209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 Typography ! Ligatures
16216 \begin_inset Index idx
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16250 name "sub:Ligatures"
16257 \begin_layout Standard
16258 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16259 print them as single characters.
16260 These groups are known as
16265 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16267 Here are the standard ligatures:
16270 \begin_layout Itemize
16274 \begin_layout Itemize
16278 \begin_layout Itemize
16282 \begin_layout Itemize
16286 \begin_layout Itemize
16290 \begin_layout Standard
16291 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16294 \begin_layout Standard
16295 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16296 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16304 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16320 To break a ligature, use
16322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16323 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16325 \begin_inset space ~
16332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16343 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16360 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16368 \begin_layout Subsection
16370 \begin_inset Index idx
16373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16382 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16389 \begin_layout Standard
16390 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16391 characters in different sizes and heights.
16392 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16393 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16413 \begin_inset Note Note
16416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16425 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16426 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16431 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16435 \begin_layout Description
16436 LyX The name of the game, write
16437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16458 \begin_layout Description
16459 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16481 \begin_layout Description
16482 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16504 \begin_layout Description
16505 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16527 \begin_layout Standard
16528 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16533 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16541 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16542 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16543 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16546 : The actual version is
16547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16554 , the previous one was
16555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16565 \begin_layout Standard
16566 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16571 \begin_inset space \space{}
16574 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16576 This will look in LyX like:
16577 \begin_inset Graphics
16578 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16584 \begin_inset Newline newline
16587 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16588 \begin_inset space ~
16592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16594 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16601 \begin_layout Subsection
16603 \begin_inset Index idx
16606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16615 \begin_layout Standard
16616 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16617 space between two words.
16618 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16628 for units use the menu
16630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16631 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16633 \begin_inset space ~
16641 arg "space-insert thin"
16647 \begin_layout Standard
16648 Here is an example to show the differences:
16651 \begin_layout Standard
16652 \begin_inset Tabular
16653 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16654 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
16655 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16656 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16663 \begin_inset space ~
16667 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 space between number and unit
16686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16695 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16707 half space between number and unit
16720 \begin_layout Subsection
16722 \begin_inset Index idx
16725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16734 \begin_layout Standard
16735 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16737 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16738 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16739 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16740 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16741 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16742 These bits of text became known as
16753 \begin_layout Standard
16754 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16755 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16756 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16757 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16758 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16759 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16760 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16763 \begin_layout Standard
16764 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16765 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16766 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16767 \begin_inset space ~
16771 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16773 key "latexcompanion"
16778 \begin_inset space ~
16782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16788 ) may have more information.
16789 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16792 \begin_layout Chapter
16793 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16796 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16803 \begin_layout Standard
16804 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16807 \begin_inset space ~
16813 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16816 \begin_layout Section
16818 \begin_inset Index idx
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16837 \begin_layout Standard
16838 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16841 \begin_layout Description
16843 \begin_inset space ~
16846 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16847 \begin_inset Newline newline
16851 \begin_inset Note Note
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16855 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16863 \begin_layout Description
16864 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16865 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16867 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16868 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16870 \begin_inset space ~
16876 \begin_inset Newline newline
16880 \begin_inset Note Comment
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16892 \begin_layout Description
16894 \begin_inset space ~
16897 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16898 set in the document settings under
16900 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16902 \begin_inset space ~
16908 \begin_inset Newline newline
16912 \begin_inset Newline newline
16916 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16926 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16931 of a comment that appears in the output.
16937 \begin_inset Newline newline
16941 \begin_inset Newline newline
16944 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16945 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16948 \begin_layout Standard
16949 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16961 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16964 \begin_layout Section
16966 \begin_inset Index idx
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16978 name "sec:Footnotes"
16985 \begin_layout Standard
16986 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16989 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16992 or the toolbar button
16995 arg "footnote-insert"
17007 \begin_inset Graphics
17008 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17017 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17046 label, the box will
17050 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17051 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17064 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17065 and click on the footnote
17080 \begin_layout Standard
17081 Here is an example footnote:
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17098 \begin_layout Standard
17099 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17100 position where the footnote box is placed.
17101 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17102 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17103 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17105 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17106 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17111 ey are described in the
17114 \begin_inset space ~
17122 \begin_layout Section
17124 \begin_inset Index idx
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17136 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17143 \begin_layout Standard
17144 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17145 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17149 \begin_inset space ~
17154 or the toolbar button
17157 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17183 appearing within your text.
17184 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17193 \begin_layout Standard
17194 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17198 \begin_inset Marginal
17201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 This is a marginal note.
17210 \begin_layout Standard
17211 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17212 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17213 pages, right on odd pages.
17216 \begin_layout Standard
17217 For further information about marginal notes see section
17220 \begin_inset space ~
17228 \begin_inset space ~
17236 \begin_layout Section
17237 Graphics and Images
17238 \begin_inset Index idx
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 \begin_inset Index idx
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17260 name "sec:Graphics"
17267 \begin_layout Standard
17268 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17269 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17272 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17281 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17284 \begin_layout Standard
17285 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17290 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17291 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17293 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17294 \begin_inset space ~
17298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17300 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17312 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17313 of the image in the output.
17314 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17318 \begin_inset space ~
17322 \begin_inset space ~
17331 \begin_inset space ~
17335 \begin_inset space ~
17339 \begin_inset space ~
17344 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17345 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17353 \begin_layout Standard
17356 LaTeX and LyX options
17358 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17359 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17363 \begin_inset space ~
17368 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17369 with the image size is printed.
17373 \begin_inset space ~
17377 \begin_inset space ~
17381 \begin_inset space ~
17386 is explained in the
17389 \begin_inset space ~
17401 \begin_layout Standard
17402 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17403 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
17405 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17409 \begin_layout Standard
17411 \begin_inset Graphics
17412 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17420 \begin_layout Standard
17421 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17422 the image into a float, see section
17423 \begin_inset space ~
17427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17429 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17436 \begin_layout Subsection
17438 \begin_inset Index idx
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17450 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17457 \begin_layout Standard
17458 You can insert images in any known file format.
17459 But as we explained in section
17460 \begin_inset space ~
17464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17466 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17470 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17471 LyX therefore uses the program
17475 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17476 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17477 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17478 \begin_inset space ~
17482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17484 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17491 \begin_layout Standard
17492 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17495 \begin_layout Description
17497 \begin_inset space ~
17500 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17501 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17502 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17506 Graphics Interchange Format
17507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17510 (GIF, file extension
17511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17523 \begin_inset Index idx
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17558 Portable Network Graphics
17559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17562 (PNG, file extension
17563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17575 \begin_inset Index idx
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17610 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17614 (JPG, file extension
17615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17639 \begin_inset Index idx
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 \begin_layout Description
17675 \begin_inset space ~
17678 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17680 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17681 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17682 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17683 \begin_inset Newline newline
17686 Scalable image formats can be
17687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17690 Scalable Vector Graphics
17691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17694 (SVG, file extension
17695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17707 \begin_inset Index idx
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17742 Encapsulated PostScript
17743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17746 (EPS, file extension
17747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17759 \begin_inset Index idx
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17794 Portable Document Format
17795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17798 (PDF, file extension
17799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17811 \begin_inset Index idx
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17829 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17830 result will not be scalable.
17831 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17845 \begin_layout Standard
17846 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17850 \begin_layout Subsection
17851 Grouping of Image Settings
17852 \begin_inset Index idx
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 Images ! Settings grouping
17864 \begin_layout Standard
17865 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17867 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17868 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17870 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17871 need to manually change each of them.
17875 \begin_layout Standard
17876 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17879 \begin_inset space ~
17884 field in the Graphics dialog.
17885 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17886 by checking the name of the desired group.
17889 \begin_layout Section
17891 \begin_inset Index idx
17894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17910 \begin_layout Standard
17911 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17914 arg "tabular-insert"
17919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17923 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17924 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17925 from the rest of the table.
17926 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17927 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17929 Here is an example table:
17932 \begin_layout Standard
17934 \begin_inset Tabular
17935 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17936 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
17937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17938 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 \begin_layout Subsection
18144 \begin_layout Standard
18145 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
18148 More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18152 This brings up the table dialog.
18153 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
18154 cursor is placed currently.
18155 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18156 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18157 done on all of your selection.
18160 \begin_layout Standard
18161 In addition to the table dialog, the
18164 \begin_inset space ~
18169 helps you in setting table properties.
18170 It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
18173 \begin_layout Standard
18177 \begin_inset space ~
18182 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18183 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18184 current cell respectively.
18185 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18187 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18188 of text, see section
18189 \begin_inset space ~
18193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18195 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18202 \begin_layout Standard
18203 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18204 using the check box
18213 This will merge the cells to
18217 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18218 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18219 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18220 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18221 in the last row without the upper border:
18224 \begin_layout Standard
18226 \begin_inset Tabular
18227 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18228 <features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18230 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18232 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18363 \begin_layout Standard
18364 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18365 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18366 explained in the chapter
18373 \begin_inset space ~
18379 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18383 degrees counterclockwise.
18384 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18387 \begin_layout Standard
18388 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 Most DVI-viewers are
18400 able to display rotations.
18408 \begin_layout Standard
18413 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18418 adds lines for all cell borders.
18421 \begin_layout Subsection
18423 \begin_inset Index idx
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 Tables ! Longtables
18433 \begin_inset Index idx
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18445 \begin_layout Standard
18446 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18449 \begin_inset space ~
18453 \begin_inset space ~
18462 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18463 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18466 \begin_layout Description
18471 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18472 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18473 except for the first page, if
18476 \begin_inset space ~
18484 \begin_layout Description
18488 \begin_inset space ~
18493 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18494 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18497 \begin_layout Description
18502 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18503 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18504 except for the last page, if
18507 \begin_inset space ~
18515 \begin_layout Description
18519 \begin_inset space ~
18524 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18525 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18528 \begin_layout Description
18529 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18530 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18536 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18539 \begin_inset space ~
18547 \begin_layout Standard
18548 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18549 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18550 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
18556 In this context, first means first in this order:
18559 \begin_inset space ~
18571 \begin_inset space ~
18576 ; see the following longtable to see how it works:
18579 \begin_layout Standard
18581 \begin_inset Tabular
18582 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18583 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18584 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18585 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18586 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18587 <row endfirsthead="true">
18588 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18599 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <row endfirsthead="true">
18619 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <row endhead="true">
18652 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <row endhead="true">
18683 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <row endfoot="true">
18716 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19717 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19726 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19737 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19799 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19830 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19861 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19892 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19923 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19954 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19985 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20016 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20047 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20078 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20109 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20140 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20171 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20202 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20233 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20264 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20295 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20326 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20357 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20388 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20450 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20481 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20512 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20543 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20574 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20605 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20636 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20667 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20697 <row endlastfoot="true">
20698 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20709 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20718 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20735 \begin_layout Subsection
20737 \begin_inset Index idx
20740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20749 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20756 \begin_layout Standard
20757 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20758 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20759 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20760 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20764 , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20768 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20769 for the column in the table dialog.
20770 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20771 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20775 \begin_layout Standard
20777 \begin_inset Tabular
20778 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20779 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
20780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20781 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20782 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20871 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20927 This is longer now.
20932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20983 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20984 This is longer now.
20989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21015 \begin_layout Standard
21016 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21017 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21022 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21023 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21029 Selection with the mouse or with
21033 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21034 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21035 the selection from outside the table.
21038 \begin_layout Section
21040 \begin_inset Index idx
21043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21059 \begin_layout Subsection
21063 \begin_layout Standard
21064 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21065 have a fixed location.
21067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21074 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21082 \begin_inset space ~
21087 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21088 too many notes on the current page.
21091 \begin_layout Standard
21092 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21093 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21094 and pages without text.
21095 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
21096 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
21097 Floats are therefore numbered.
21098 Referencing is described in section
21099 \begin_inset space ~
21103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21105 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21112 \begin_layout Standard
21113 To insert a float, use the menu
21115 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21119 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21120 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21122 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21123 \begin_inset Index idx
21126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21132 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21133 paragraph within the float.
21134 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21135 by left-clicking on the box label.
21136 A closed float box looks like this:
21137 \begin_inset Graphics
21138 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21143 – a gray button with a red label.
21146 \begin_layout Standard
21147 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21148 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21151 \begin_layout Subsection
21155 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21159 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21164 \begin_inset Index idx
21167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 Floats ! Figure floats
21176 \begin_layout Standard
21178 \begin_inset space ~
21182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21184 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21188 was created using the menu
21190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21191 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21194 or the toolbar button
21197 arg "float-insert figure"
21201 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21207 or the toolbar button
21210 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21214 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21215 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21217 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21219 \begin_inset space ~
21224 or the toolbar button
21227 arg "layout-paragraph"
21233 \begin_layout Standard
21234 \begin_inset Float figure
21239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21241 \begin_inset Graphics
21242 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21252 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21257 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21261 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21274 \begin_layout Standard
21275 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21276 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21281 or the toolbar button
21287 and refer to it using the menu
21289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21292 or the toolbar button
21295 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21299 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21308 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21318 For more about cross-references, see section
21319 \begin_inset space ~
21323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21325 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21332 \begin_layout Standard
21333 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21334 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21335 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21336 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21337 as described in section
21338 \begin_inset space ~
21342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21344 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21350 \begin_inset space ~
21354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21356 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21360 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21361 You can also set the images one below the other.
21363 \begin_inset space ~
21367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21369 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21376 reference "fig:Platypus"
21380 are the subfigures.
21383 \begin_layout Standard
21384 \begin_inset Float figure
21389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21390 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21394 \begin_inset Float figure
21399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21400 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21405 name "fig:Undefinable"
21417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21418 \begin_inset Graphics
21419 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21430 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21434 \begin_inset Float figure
21439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21440 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21445 name "fig:Platypus"
21457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21458 \begin_inset Graphics
21459 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21478 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21483 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21487 Two distorted images.
21500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21502 \begin_inset Index idx
21505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21506 Floats ! Table floats
21514 \begin_layout Standard
21515 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21518 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21521 or the toolbar button
21524 arg "float-insert table"
21528 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21531 \begin_inset space ~
21535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21537 reference "tab:Table-float"
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 \begin_inset Float table
21550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21556 name "tab:Table-float"
21568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21570 \begin_inset Tabular
21571 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21572 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
21573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21702 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21723 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21726 \end{array}\right]$
21734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21747 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21768 \begin_layout Subsection
21770 \begin_inset Index idx
21773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21782 \begin_layout Standard
21783 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21784 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21785 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21787 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21795 \begin_inset space ~
21803 \begin_layout Section
21805 \begin_inset Index idx
21808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21817 name "sec:Minipages"
21824 \begin_layout Standard
21825 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21827 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21828 \begin_inset space \space{}
21835 \begin_layout Standard
21836 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21842 Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21843 and its alignment within the page.
21846 \begin_layout Standard
21848 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21858 height_special "totalheight"
21861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21864 This is a minipage.
21865 The text is set in an italic style.
21868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21871 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21872 another formatting.
21880 \begin_layout Standard
21881 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21884 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21888 as described in section
21889 \begin_inset space ~
21893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21895 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21900 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21906 \begin_layout Standard
21907 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21917 height_special "totalheight"
21920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21921 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21922 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21928 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21932 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21942 height_special "totalheight"
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21946 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21947 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21955 \begin_layout Standard
21956 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21962 \begin_layout Standard
21963 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
21965 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21972 \begin_inset space ~
21980 \begin_layout Chapter
21981 Mathematical Formulas
21982 \begin_inset Index idx
21985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21992 \begin_inset Index idx
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22026 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22033 \begin_layout Standard
22034 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22039 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22042 \begin_layout Section
22044 \begin_inset Index idx
22047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22056 \begin_layout Standard
22057 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22064 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22066 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22067 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22068 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22076 \begin_layout Standard
22077 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22081 \begin_inset space ~
22086 , that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
22089 \begin_layout Standard
22090 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22091 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22094 \begin_layout Standard
22095 This is a line with an inline formula
22096 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22102 \begin_layout Standard
22103 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22104 paragraph, like this one:
22105 \begin_inset Formula
22112 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22115 \begin_layout Standard
22116 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22122 \begin_inset space \space{}
22126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22139 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22140 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22144 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22147 \begin_inset space ~
22155 \begin_layout Subsection
22156 Navigating in Formulas
22157 \begin_inset Index idx
22160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22169 \begin_layout Standard
22170 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22171 achieved with the arrow keys.
22172 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22173 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22178 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22179 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22183 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22187 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22190 \end{array}\right]$
22198 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22203 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22204 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22207 \begin_layout Standard
22212 , printed in this document as
22213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22234 \begin_inset Note Note
22237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22239 the space character (visible space).
22244 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22245 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22246 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22251 For example, if you want
22252 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22306 , since in the latter case only the
22309 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22314 will be under the square root sign:
22315 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22321 \begin_layout Standard
22322 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22324 \begin_inset Formula
22326 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22335 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22336 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22339 \begin_layout Subsection
22343 \begin_layout Standard
22344 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22345 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22349 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22350 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22351 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22352 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22353 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22356 \begin_layout Subsection
22357 Exponents and Subscripts
22358 \begin_inset Index idx
22361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 \begin_inset Index idx
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22380 \begin_layout Standard
22381 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22384 arg "math-superscript"
22390 arg "math-subscript"
22393 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22395 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22398 , type in a formula
22404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22420 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22426 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22430 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22460 , you have to use an extra
22464 to separate the hat and the character.
22466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22470 \begin_inset space \space{}
22474 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22495 Subscripts are similar: To get
22496 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22519 \begin_layout Subsection
22521 \begin_inset Index idx
22524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22533 \begin_layout Standard
22534 Create a fraction with either the command
22543 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22549 \begin_inset space ~
22555 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22556 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22557 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22562 To move back up, press
22567 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22568 \begin_inset Formula
22570 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22573 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22581 \begin_layout Subsection
22583 \begin_inset Index idx
22586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22595 \begin_layout Standard
22596 Roots can be created using the
22599 \begin_inset space ~
22607 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22613 arg "math-insert \\root"
22635 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22641 produces always a square root.
22644 \begin_layout Subsection
22645 Operators with Limits
22646 \begin_inset Index idx
22649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22656 \begin_inset Index idx
22659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22668 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22675 \begin_layout Standard
22677 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22681 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22684 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22685 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22686 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22687 The sum operator will automatically place its
22688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22695 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22698 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22702 \begin_inset Formula
22704 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22709 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22713 \begin_layout Standard
22714 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22716 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22717 behind the operator and hitting
22725 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22726 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22728 \begin_inset space ~
22732 \begin_inset space ~
22740 \begin_layout Standard
22741 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22749 feature as addition, such as
22750 \begin_inset Index idx
22753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22760 \begin_inset Formula
22762 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22767 which will place the
22768 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22780 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22781 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22787 \begin_layout Standard
22788 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22795 Have a look at section
22796 \begin_inset space ~
22800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22802 reference "sub:Functions"
22806 for an explanation of function macros.
22809 \begin_layout Subsection
22811 \begin_inset Index idx
22814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22823 \begin_layout Standard
22824 Most math symbols can be found in the
22827 \begin_inset space ~
22832 under one of several categories; including
22849 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22854 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22855 you don't have to use the
22858 \begin_inset space ~
22863 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22864 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22867 \begin_layout Subsection
22869 \begin_inset Index idx
22872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22881 \begin_layout Standard
22882 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22887 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22893 \begin_inset space ~
22903 arg "math-insert \\space"
22909 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22910 For example, the sequence
22915 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22919 \begin_inset Graphics
22920 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22925 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22926 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22927 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22928 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22930 Here are two examples:
22933 \begin_layout Standard
22943 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22949 \begin_layout Standard
22959 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22965 \begin_layout Subsection
22967 \begin_inset Index idx
22970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22979 name "sub:Functions"
22986 \begin_layout Standard
22990 \begin_inset space ~
22995 contains under the button
23000 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23005 a number of function macros, such as
23006 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23010 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23018 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23025 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23026 avoid confusions, because
23027 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23031 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23037 \begin_layout Standard
23038 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23040 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23044 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23050 \begin_layout Standard
23051 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23052 s are placed, as described in section
23053 \begin_inset space ~
23057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23059 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23066 \begin_layout Subsection
23068 \begin_inset Index idx
23071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23080 \begin_layout Standard
23081 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23083 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23084 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23089 \begin_inset space \space{}
23093 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23096 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23097 Our example is entered by typing
23105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23118 \begin_inset space ~
23122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23124 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23128 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23131 \begin_layout Standard
23132 \begin_inset Float table
23137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23138 \begin_inset Caption Standard
23140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23141 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23143 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23147 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23157 \begin_inset Tabular
23158 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23159 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
23160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23246 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23300 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23354 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23408 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23462 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23516 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23570 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23678 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23744 \begin_layout Standard
23745 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23748 \begin_inset space ~
23756 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23759 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23763 \begin_layout Section
23764 Brackets and Delimiters
23765 \begin_inset Index idx
23768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23775 \begin_inset Index idx
23778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23787 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23794 \begin_layout Standard
23795 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23796 For some purposes, using just the keys
23801 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23802 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23803 toolbar delimiter icon
23806 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23810 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23811 \begin_inset Formula
23813 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23821 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23822 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23826 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23829 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23835 \begin_inset Formula
23837 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23845 \begin_layout Standard
23846 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23847 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23851 \begin_layout Standard
23852 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23853 left side and right side.
23854 If you use the option
23857 \begin_inset space ~
23862 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23863 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23864 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23865 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23868 \begin_layout Standard
23869 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23870 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23871 go inside the brackets.
23872 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23877 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23878 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23879 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23880 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23881 the structure and enter
23884 arg "math-delim ( )"
23890 \begin_layout Section
23891 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23892 \begin_inset Index idx
23895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23902 \begin_inset Index idx
23905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23912 \begin_inset Index idx
23915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23916 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23924 \begin_layout Standard
23925 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23928 \begin_inset space ~
23938 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23944 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23945 Here is an example:
23946 \begin_inset Formula
23948 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23957 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23958 \begin_inset space ~
23962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23964 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23969 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23970 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23971 This alignment is set in the box
23976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24024 for every column as default.
24025 For example, the sequence
24026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24037 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24038 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24039 corresponds to the relevant column.
24040 The result will look like this:
24041 \begin_inset Formula
24044 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24045 column & has & has\, right\\
24046 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24055 \begin_layout Standard
24056 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24059 arg "newline-insert newline"
24062 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24063 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24065 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24068 or the math toolbar.
24071 \begin_layout Standard
24072 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24073 It can be created with the menu
24075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24076 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24078 \begin_inset space ~
24090 Here is an example:
24091 \begin_inset Formula
24105 \begin_layout Standard
24106 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24109 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24112 arg "newline-insert newline"
24116 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24121 arg "newline-insert newline"
24124 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24132 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24133 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24134 A new row is created by every further hit of
24137 arg "newline-insert newline"
24141 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24142 Here is an example:
24143 \begin_inset Formula
24145 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24146 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24151 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24152 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24153 \begin_inset Formula
24155 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24164 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24171 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24172 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24175 reference "eq:asquared"
24180 The other types are described in section
24181 \begin_inset space ~
24185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24187 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24194 \begin_layout Section
24195 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24196 \begin_inset Index idx
24199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24200 Math ! Formula numbering
24206 \begin_inset Index idx
24209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24210 Math ! Referencing formulas
24216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24218 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24225 \begin_layout Standard
24226 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24228 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24229 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24231 \begin_inset space ~
24239 arg "math-number-toggle"
24243 The formula number appears in LyX as
24244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24251 within parentheses.
24253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24260 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24262 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24263 the document class.
24264 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24265 separated by a dot:
24266 \begin_inset Formula
24276 arg "math-number-toggle"
24279 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24280 You can only number displayed formulas.
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24284 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24286 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24287 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24289 \begin_inset space ~
24293 \begin_inset space ~
24297 \begin_inset space ~
24305 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24308 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24309 \begin_inset Formula
24312 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24318 To number all lines use the shortcut
24321 arg "math-number-toggle"
24327 \begin_layout Standard
24328 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24331 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24332 A label is inserted with the menu
24334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24337 when the cursor is in the formula.
24338 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24339 It is recommended to use the proposed
24340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24351 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24352 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24353 We inserted in the following example the label
24354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24361 in the second line:
24362 \begin_inset Formula
24364 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24365 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24370 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24371 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24381 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24385 \begin_inset space ~
24391 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24392 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24393 as the formula number:
24396 \begin_layout Standard
24397 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24400 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24407 \begin_layout Standard
24408 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24409 \begin_inset space ~
24413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24415 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24420 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24428 \begin_layout Section
24429 User defined math macros
24430 \begin_inset Index idx
24433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24442 \begin_layout Standard
24443 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24444 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24445 Math macros are explained in section
24448 \begin_inset space ~
24460 \begin_layout Section
24464 \begin_layout Subsection
24466 \begin_inset Index idx
24469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24478 \begin_layout Standard
24479 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24480 To set a font in a formula, use the
24483 \begin_inset space ~
24493 arg "math-insert \\font"
24498 , or enter its command, listed in table
24499 \begin_inset space ~
24503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24505 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24512 \begin_layout Standard
24513 \begin_inset Float table
24518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24519 \begin_inset Caption Standard
24521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24524 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24528 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24538 \begin_inset Tabular
24539 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24540 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
24541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24574 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24601 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24628 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24661 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24688 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24715 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24749 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24776 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24810 \begin_layout Standard
24811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24819 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24835 \begin_layout Standard
24836 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24837 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24842 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24843 space when you need a space in the box.
24844 Here is an example where
24845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24856 denotes the set of numbers:
24857 \begin_inset Formula
24859 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24867 \begin_layout Standard
24868 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24874 \begin_inset space \space{}
24886 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24890 \begin_inset Newline newline
24893 So it is better not to use this feature.
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24898 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24902 \begin_inset Newline newline
24905 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24911 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24912 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24918 \begin_layout Standard
24925 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24928 \begin_layout Standard
24929 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24931 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24932 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24934 \begin_inset space ~
24942 \begin_layout Subsection
24944 \begin_inset Index idx
24947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24956 \begin_layout Standard
24957 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24959 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24963 \begin_inset space ~
24967 \begin_inset space ~
24975 \begin_inset space ~
24985 arg "math-insert \\font"
24997 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24998 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24999 Here is an example:
25000 \begin_inset Formula
25003 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25004 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25013 \begin_layout Subsection
25015 \begin_inset Index idx
25018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25027 \begin_layout Standard
25028 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25029 automatically chosen in most situations.
25047 For most characters,
25055 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25056 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25061 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25062 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25064 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25069 arg "math-insert \\style"
25075 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25076 For example, you can set
25077 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25080 , which is normally in
25089 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25093 The four styles are used in the following example:
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25097 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25101 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25105 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25109 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25115 \begin_layout Standard
25116 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25117 is set in a particular size with the menu
25119 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25121 \begin_inset space ~
25126 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25127 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25128 will be adjusted to correspond.
25129 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25144 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25150 \begin_layout Section
25154 \begin_layout Standard
25155 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25156 the document classes and into layout modules.
25157 \begin_inset Index idx
25160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25166 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25167 other than the AMS classes.
25169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25171 reference "sub:Modules"
25175 for more on layout modules.
25178 \begin_layout Section
25180 \begin_inset Index idx
25183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25190 \begin_inset Index idx
25193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25202 \begin_layout Standard
25203 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25204 (AMS) that are in common use.
25207 \begin_layout Subsection
25208 Enabling AMS-Support
25211 \begin_layout Standard
25212 Selecting the checkbox
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25219 \begin_inset space ~
25223 \begin_inset space ~
25230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25234 \begin_inset Index idx
25237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25238 Document ! Settings
25246 \begin_inset space ~
25251 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25252 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25253 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25256 \begin_layout Subsection
25258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25260 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25265 \begin_inset Index idx
25268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25269 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25277 \begin_layout Standard
25278 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25279 LyX allows you to choose between
25300 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25303 \begin_layout Chapter
25307 \begin_layout Section
25309 \begin_inset Index idx
25312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25321 name "sec:Cross-References"
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25330 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25332 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25333 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25334 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25337 \begin_layout Enumerate
25341 \begin_layout Enumerate
25342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25344 name "enu:Second-item"
25351 \begin_layout Enumerate
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25361 or by pressing the toolbar button
25368 A gray label box like this:
25369 \begin_inset Graphics
25370 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25375 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25376 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25411 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25416 \begin_inset space \space{}
25419 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25435 \begin_layout Standard
25436 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25441 or the toolbar button
25444 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25448 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25449 \begin_inset Graphics
25450 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25455 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25457 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25470 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25474 \begin_layout Standard
25477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25480 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25485 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25486 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25488 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25500 \begin_layout Standard
25501 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25502 \begin_inset space ~
25506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25508 reference "enu:Second-item"
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 It is recommended to use a protected space
25520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25521 described in section
25522 \begin_inset space ~
25526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25528 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25537 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25538 line breaks between them.
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25542 There are six formats of cross-references:
25545 \begin_layout Description
25546 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25549 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25556 \begin_layout Description
25557 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25558 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25570 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25577 \begin_layout Description
25578 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25579 \begin_inset space ~
25583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25584 LatexCommand pageref
25585 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25592 \begin_layout Description
25594 \begin_inset space ~
25598 \begin_inset space ~
25601 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25603 LatexCommand vpageref
25604 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25611 \begin_layout Description
25613 \begin_inset space ~
25617 \begin_inset space ~
25621 \begin_inset space ~
25624 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25627 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25634 \begin_layout Description
25636 \begin_inset space ~
25639 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25640 \begin_inset Newline newline
25644 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25652 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25661 \begin_inset Index idx
25664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25665 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25671 \begin_inset Index idx
25674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25675 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25686 \begin_inset Newline newline
25689 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25692 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25696 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25697 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25705 is the default and preferred because
25709 supports only English documents.
25710 The format is specified by using the command
25722 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25723 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25736 ) can be done with this command
25737 \begin_inset Newline newline
25744 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25749 \begin_inset Newline newline
25752 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25754 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25756 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25763 \begin_layout Description
25765 \begin_inset space ~
25768 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25770 LatexCommand nameref
25771 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25778 \begin_layout Standard
25783 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25790 \begin_inset space \space{}
25794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25808 <reference> on page <page>
25810 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25813 \begin_layout Standard
25814 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25815 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25816 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25820 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25825 You can only use the style
25829 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25833 is always possible.
25836 \begin_layout Standard
25837 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25838 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25840 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25841 \begin_inset space ~
25845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25847 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25854 \begin_layout Standard
25855 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25859 \begin_inset space ~
25863 \begin_inset space ~
25868 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25869 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25872 \begin_inset space ~
25877 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25878 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25881 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25888 You can change labels at any time.
25889 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25890 do not need to think about this.
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25894 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25895 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 References are described in detail in sec.
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25914 \begin_inset space ~
25922 \begin_layout Section
25923 Table of Contents and other Listings
25924 \begin_inset Index idx
25927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25934 \begin_inset Index idx
25937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25953 \begin_layout Subsection
25955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25957 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25964 \begin_layout Standard
25965 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25968 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25970 \begin_inset space ~
25974 \begin_inset space ~
25980 It is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25981 If you click on it, the
25985 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
25986 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
25987 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25989 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25992 that is described in sec.
25993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25999 reference "sub:The-Outliner"
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26007 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26008 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26010 \begin_inset space ~
26014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26016 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26020 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26022 \begin_inset space ~
26026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26028 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26032 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26034 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26037 \begin_layout Subsection
26038 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26041 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26049 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26050 You can insert them via the
26052 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26054 \begin_inset space ~
26058 \begin_inset space ~
26064 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26067 \begin_layout Section
26068 URLs and Hyperlinks
26069 \begin_inset Index idx
26072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26079 \begin_inset Index idx
26082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26091 \begin_layout Subsection
26093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26102 \begin_layout Standard
26103 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26112 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26113 \begin_inset Flex URL
26116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26126 \begin_layout Standard
26127 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26133 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26138 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26146 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26154 \begin_layout Subsection
26156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26158 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26166 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26171 or with the toolbar button
26178 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26187 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26188 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26189 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26191 name "LyX's homepage"
26192 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26196 , an Email address like this:
26197 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26199 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26200 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26205 , or a link to a file.
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26209 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26222 to the link target.
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26226 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26227 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26228 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26229 the text style dialog.
26230 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26234 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26236 name "LyX's homepage"
26237 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26245 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26249 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26251 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26252 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26256 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26258 \begin_inset Newline newline
26266 \begin_inset Newline newline
26273 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26276 \begin_layout Section
26278 \begin_inset Index idx
26281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26290 name "sec:Appendices"
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26298 Appendices are created with the menu
26300 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26302 \begin_inset space ~
26306 \begin_inset space ~
26312 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26313 as the appendix region.
26314 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26318 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26319 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26320 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26321 and the subsection number.
26322 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26326 \begin_layout Standard
26328 \begin_inset space ~
26332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26334 reference "chap:Credits"
26339 \begin_inset space ~
26343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26345 reference "sub:Export"
26352 \begin_layout Section
26354 \begin_inset Index idx
26357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26366 name "sec:Bibliography"
26373 \begin_layout Standard
26374 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26375 You can include a bibliography database,
26379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26380 Known under the name
26381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26393 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26394 manually, using the paragraph environment
26398 , which was described in section
26399 \begin_inset space ~
26403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26405 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26410 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26411 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26415 use a bibliography database.
26418 \begin_layout Subsection
26419 The Bibliography Environment
26422 \begin_layout Standard
26427 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26429 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26438 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26440 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26449 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26452 \begin_layout Standard
26453 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26455 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26458 or the toolbar button
26461 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26465 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26466 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26467 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26468 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26473 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26474 entry with surrounding brackets.
26479 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26480 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26495 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26500 key "latexcompanion"
26507 \begin_layout Standard
26508 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26518 \begin_layout Subsection
26519 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26520 \begin_inset Index idx
26523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26524 Bibliography ! Databases
26530 \begin_inset Index idx
26533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26534 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26542 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26549 \begin_layout Standard
26550 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26556 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26558 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26559 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26564 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26566 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26567 your working field in a database.
26568 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26569 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26570 list for that document.
26571 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26575 \begin_layout Standard
26576 The database is a text file with the file extension
26577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26588 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26589 The format is explained in
26590 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26596 and in LaTeX books (
26597 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26599 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26604 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26605 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26606 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26607 \begin_inset Flex URL
26610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26612 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26620 \begin_layout Standard
26621 To use a database, use the menu
26623 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26628 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26641 \begin_inset space ~
26647 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26648 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26651 Add bibliography to TOC
26653 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26658 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26659 in the document or just the cited references.
26662 \begin_layout Standard
26663 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26675 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26676 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26677 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26679 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26686 \begin_inset Newline newline
26690 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26692 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26704 \begin_layout Standard
26705 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26709 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26710 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26711 either in the document settings under
26715 or in LyX's preferences under
26717 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26732 The following variants are possible:
26735 \begin_layout Description
26736 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26737 other bibliography packages (like e.
26738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26742 \begin_inset space ~
26749 ), only with the package
26753 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26757 \begin_layout Description
26758 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26759 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26760 with all bibliography packages, except of
26765 \begin_layout Description
26766 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26771 , works with all bibliography packages
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26775 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26777 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26783 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26793 When you select the option
26795 Sectioned bibliography
26799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26802 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26803 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26805 Customizing Bibliographies
26813 Additional Features
26818 \begin_layout Standard
26819 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26820 the two methods of creating them.
26821 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26822 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26823 We used the style file
26827 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26830 \begin_layout Subsection
26831 Bibliography layout
26832 \begin_inset Index idx
26835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26836 Bibliography ! Layout
26844 \begin_layout Standard
26845 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26846 For this feature you need to enable the option
26852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26856 \begin_inset Index idx
26859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26860 Document ! Settings
26870 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26871 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26872 in the previous section.
26875 \begin_layout Standard
26876 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26877 the citation reference window.
26878 Here is an example where the text
26879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26883 \begin_inset space ~
26887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26890 appears after the reference:
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26895 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26898 key "latexcompanion"
26905 \begin_layout Section
26907 \begin_inset Index idx
26910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26926 \begin_layout Standard
26927 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26931 \begin_inset space ~
26936 or the toolbar button
26943 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26944 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26945 by LyX as the index entry.
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26949 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26953 \begin_inset space ~
26957 \begin_inset space ~
26960 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26962 \begin_inset space ~
26968 A light blue box labeled
26969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26980 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26981 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26984 \begin_layout Standard
26985 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26986 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26988 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26990 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26997 \begin_layout Subsection
26998 Grouping Index Entries
26999 \begin_inset Index idx
27002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27012 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27014 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27015 lists under the entry
27016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27024 First we create the entry
27025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27033 \begin_inset space ~
27037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27039 reference "sub:Lists"
27044 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27045 \begin_inset space ~
27049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27051 reference "sec:Itemize"
27055 , we insert the command
27058 \begin_layout Standard
27064 \begin_layout Standard
27068 \begin_layout Standard
27074 \begin_layout Standard
27075 for the enumerated list in section
27076 \begin_inset space ~
27080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27082 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27090 The exclamation mark
27091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27098 marks the grouping levels.
27099 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27100 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27101 If we don't have an index entry for
27102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27109 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27112 \begin_layout Subsection
27114 \begin_inset Index idx
27117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27118 Index ! Page ranges
27126 \begin_layout Standard
27127 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27129 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27135 \begin_inset space \space{}
27138 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27140 \begin_inset space ~
27144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27146 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27153 \begin_layout Standard
27156 Paragraph environments|(
27159 \begin_layout Standard
27160 and another entry at the end of section
27161 \begin_inset space ~
27165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27167 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27174 \begin_layout Standard
27177 Paragraph environments|)
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27205 respectively start and end the index range.
27206 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27207 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27208 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27209 An example is the index entry
27210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27213 Document ! Settings
27214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27220 \begin_layout Subsection
27222 \begin_inset Index idx
27225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27226 Index ! Cross referencing
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27235 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27236 We referred for example in the index entry
27237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27245 \begin_inset space ~
27249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27251 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27255 ) to the index entry
27256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27263 in the same section using the entry
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27269 GIF|see{Image formats}
27272 \begin_layout Standard
27273 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27274 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27275 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27278 \begin_layout Subsection
27280 \begin_inset Index idx
27283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27284 Index ! Entry order
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27293 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27294 follow the rules for the index order.
27295 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27300 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27302 \begin_inset space ~
27306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27308 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27317 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27318 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27343 \begin_inset Index idx
27346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27347 Dummy entries ! maïs
27353 \begin_inset Index idx
27356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27357 Dummy entries ! maître
27363 \begin_inset Index idx
27366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27367 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27372 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27373 maïs, maison, maître.
27374 To achieve this, we use the command
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27380 previous entry@current entry
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27384 In our case we want to have
27385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27400 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27403 \begin_layout Standard
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27410 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27411 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27412 See the next subsection for an example.
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27416 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27423 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27428 to generate the index (see sec.
27429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27435 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27444 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27452 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27456 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27457 index commands start with
27458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27470 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27475 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27502 \begin_layout Subsection
27504 \begin_inset Index idx
27507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27508 Index ! Entry layout
27516 \begin_layout Standard
27517 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27518 \begin_inset Index idx
27521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27524 This is an italic dummy entry
27529 You can also format the page number using the character
27530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27537 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27538 We can write for example
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27544 italic page number:|textit
27547 \begin_layout Standard
27548 to get the page number in italic.
27549 \begin_inset Index idx
27552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27553 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27558 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27576 \begin_inset space ~
27582 Have a look at section
27583 \begin_inset space ~
27587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27589 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27593 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27597 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27605 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27609 to generate the index, see sec.
27610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27616 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27625 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27630 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27631 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27634 key "latexcompanion"
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27647 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27649 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27650 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27651 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27652 If so, put the following in the preamble
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27677 \begin_layout Standard
27678 in the index entry.
27679 \begin_inset Index idx
27682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27683 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27688 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27689 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27690 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27694 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27700 \begin_inset space \space{}
27703 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27704 for all index entries.
27705 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27717 documentation for details,
27718 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27720 key "makeindex,xindy"
27727 \begin_layout Subsection
27729 \begin_inset Index idx
27732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27741 name "sub:Index-Program"
27748 \begin_layout Standard
27749 If the index entry program
27753 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27757 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27766 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27767 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27768 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27769 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27770 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27780 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27781 dialog, see section
27782 \begin_inset space ~
27786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27788 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27793 The available options are listed and explained in
27794 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27796 key "makeindex,xindy"
27801 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27807 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27811 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27815 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27816 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27819 \begin_layout Subsection
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27824 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27825 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27833 next to the standard index.
27834 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
27835 that add this feature.
27841 \begin_inset Index idx
27844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27845 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27850 package to generate multiple indexes.
27851 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27856 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27857 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27864 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27865 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27866 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27878 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27881 and select the option
27883 Use multiple Indexes
27890 already contains the standard index
27891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27899 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27900 also appear as a heading) to the
27904 input field and press the
27909 The new index now also appears in the list.
27910 If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27915 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27920 \begin_inset space ~
27924 \begin_inset space ~
27933 menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
27934 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27935 are additional features:
27938 \begin_layout Itemize
27939 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27940 on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
27943 \begin_layout Itemize
27944 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27945 Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
27946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27954 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27959 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27960 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27961 to the non-subindexes.
27964 \begin_layout Section
27965 Nomenclature / Glossary
27966 \begin_inset Index idx
27969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27976 \begin_inset Index idx
27979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28010 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28017 \begin_layout Standard
28018 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28019 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28024 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28029 \begin_inset Index idx
28032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28033 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28039 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28040 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28046 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28050 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28051 and then use the menu
28053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28059 \begin_inset space ~
28064 or the toolbar button
28067 arg "nomencl-insert"
28072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28083 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28087 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28088 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28089 The second is the description of the symbol.
28092 \begin_layout Standard
28093 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28101 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28109 \begin_layout Subsection
28110 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28111 \begin_inset Index idx
28114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28115 Nomenclature ! Layout
28123 \begin_layout Standard
28124 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28128 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28134 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28142 \begin_inset Newline newline
28150 \begin_inset Newline newline
28156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28163 character starts/ends the formula.
28164 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28176 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28186 \begin_layout Standard
28187 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28188 \begin_inset space ~
28192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28194 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28205 \begin_inset space ~
28210 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28211 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28216 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28223 in this document is:
28224 \begin_inset Newline newline
28229 dummy entry for the character
28234 \begin_inset Newline newline
28246 \begin_inset space ~
28256 font use the command
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28286 If the characters |
28287 \begin_inset space \space{}
28291 \begin_inset space \space{}
28295 \begin_inset space \space{}
28299 \begin_inset space \space{}
28303 \begin_inset space \space{}
28306 should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
28307 a quote character in front of them.
28308 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28309 LatexCommand nomenclature
28310 symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
28311 description "The quote sign is output by writing ' \"\"\"\" '"
28318 \begin_layout Subsection
28319 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28320 \begin_inset Index idx
28323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28324 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28332 \begin_layout Standard
28333 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28334 the symbol definition.
28335 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28336 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28339 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28340 LatexCommand nomenclature
28342 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28349 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28353 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28354 LatexCommand nomenclature
28357 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28362 They will be sorted by
28363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28389 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28392 will be sorted before the
28396 since the character
28397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28404 is considered in sorting.
28407 \begin_layout Standard
28408 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28411 \begin_inset space ~
28416 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28417 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28419 For the example given, you can insert
28423 in this field for the
28424 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28431 will be located before
28432 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28439 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28444 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28453 \begin_layout Subsection
28454 Nomenclature Options
28455 \begin_inset Index idx
28458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28459 Nomenclature ! Options
28467 \begin_layout Standard
28472 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28473 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28476 \begin_layout Description
28477 refeq Appends the phrase
28478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28493 to every nomenclature entry, where
28499 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28502 \begin_layout Description
28503 refpage Appends the phrase
28504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28519 to every nomenclature entry, where
28525 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28528 \begin_layout Description
28529 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28533 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28534 class options list in the
28536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28540 In this document the options
28547 \begin_layout Standard
28548 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28554 \begin_layout Standard
28555 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28556 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28561 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28564 \begin_layout Description
28574 \begin_layout Description
28577 nomrefpage Like the
28584 \begin_layout Description
28587 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28596 \begin_layout Description
28600 \begin_inset space ~
28606 \begin_inset space ~
28611 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28614 \begin_layout Standard
28616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28623 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28624 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28627 \begin_layout Standard
28635 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28638 \begin_inset Newline newline
28645 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28650 \begin_inset Newline newline
28654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28669 by their translation.
28672 \begin_layout Subsection
28673 Printing the Nomenclature
28674 \begin_inset Index idx
28677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28678 Nomenclature ! Printing
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28687 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28691 \begin_inset space ~
28695 \begin_inset space ~
28698 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28714 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28715 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28716 You can choose between these settings:
28719 \begin_layout Description
28720 Default a space of 1
28721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28727 \begin_layout Description
28729 \begin_inset space ~
28733 \begin_inset space ~
28736 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28739 \begin_layout Description
28740 Custom custom space
28743 \begin_layout Standard
28744 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28753 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28761 For example, in order to change the name to
28765 , add the following line to the preamble:
28768 \begin_layout Standard
28776 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28779 \begin_layout Subsection
28780 Nomenclature Program
28781 \begin_inset Index idx
28784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28785 Nomenclature ! Program
28791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28793 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28800 \begin_layout Standard
28801 LyX uses the program
28805 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28806 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28811 by adding options, see section
28812 \begin_inset space ~
28816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28818 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28823 The available options are listed and explained in
28824 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28826 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28833 \begin_layout Section
28835 \begin_inset Index idx
28838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28845 \begin_inset Index idx
28848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28849 Document ! Branches
28855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28857 name "sec:Branches"
28864 \begin_layout Standard
28865 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28866 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28867 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28868 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28871 \begin_layout Standard
28872 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28873 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28874 To create a branch, either select the menu
28876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28877 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28880 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28889 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28890 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28891 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28892 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28893 (see below for an example).
28894 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28895 to the name of the other) and to add
28896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28908 \begin_inset space ~
28911 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28912 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28915 \begin_layout Standard
28916 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28917 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28922 where you can choose a branch.
28923 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28928 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28929 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28932 \begin_layout Standard
28933 \begin_inset Branch Question
28936 \begin_layout Standard
28937 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28946 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28966 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28969 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28970 Consider for example a file
28971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28978 which has the above branches.
28980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28987 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29011 branch were inactive,
29012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 branch was active, likewise
29028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29043 branch was active, and
29044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29047 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29051 if both branches were active.
29052 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29056 \begin_layout Standard
29057 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29063 \begin_layout Standard
29064 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29065 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29067 For example you can define for the question branch
29071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29072 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29073 \begin_inset space ~
29077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29079 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29091 \begin_layout Standard
29101 \begin_layout Standard
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29112 and for the answer branch
29115 \begin_layout Standard
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29136 \begin_inset Branch Question
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29171 \begin_layout Standard
29172 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29207 \begin_layout Standard
29208 Now it is possible to use the commands
29212 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29219 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29222 to obtain conditional output.
29223 Here is an example formula where only the
29230 \begin_inset Formula
29232 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29240 \begin_layout Standard
29241 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29247 \change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
29251 \begin_layout Standard
29253 \change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
29254 Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
29256 any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
29257 For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
29259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29262 Flex insets and InsetLayout
29263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29271 \begin_layout Section
29273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29275 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29280 \begin_inset Index idx
29283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29297 dialog allows you in the
29301 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29302 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29307 \begin_inset Index idx
29310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29311 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29319 \begin_layout Standard
29324 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29325 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29326 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29328 You can specify in the dialog tab
29332 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29334 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29335 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29339 \begin_layout Standard
29344 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29345 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29346 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29348 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29349 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29351 \begin_inset space ~
29354 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29355 \begin_inset space ~
29358 1 will only display the sections.
29361 \begin_layout Standard
29362 The header information in the dialog tab
29366 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29367 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29372 \begin_inset space \space{}
29375 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29376 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29379 Automatic fill header
29381 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29382 title and author settings.
29385 \begin_layout Standard
29388 Load in fullscreen mode
29390 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29393 \begin_layout Standard
29394 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29395 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29401 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29402 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29411 \begin_layout Section
29412 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29415 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29422 \begin_layout Subsection
29424 \begin_inset Index idx
29427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29436 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29443 \begin_layout Standard
29444 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29445 constructs, but not all.
29446 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29447 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29448 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29449 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29450 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29454 \begin_layout Standard
29455 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29457 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29461 \begin_inset space ~
29466 or by the toolbar button
29479 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29487 \begin_layout Standard
29488 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29489 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29490 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29491 using the LaTeX-command
29497 , you can write the command part
29503 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29507 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29508 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29509 the following example:
29512 \begin_layout Standard
29513 \begin_inset Graphics
29514 filename clipart/ERT.png
29522 \begin_layout Standard
29526 \begin_layout Standard
29527 This is a line with a
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29554 \begin_layout Standard
29555 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29564 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29572 \begin_layout Subsection
29573 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29574 \begin_inset Argument 1
29577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 \begin_inset Index idx
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29596 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29603 \begin_layout Standard
29604 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29605 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29606 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29615 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29616 any time if you know the right commands.
29618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29622 \begin_inset space \space{}
29625 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29627 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29628 all caption labels bold.
29629 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29631 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29635 \begin_layout Standard
29636 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29637 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29638 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29640 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29649 \begin_layout Standard
29650 As result you find that the package
29655 \begin_inset Index idx
29658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29659 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29665 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29667 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29673 \begin_layout Standard
29678 usepackage[options]{package name}
29681 \begin_layout Standard
29682 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29683 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29684 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29687 \begin_layout Standard
29688 In your case the package name is
29693 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29698 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29699 So you add the command
29702 \begin_layout Standard
29707 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29710 \begin_layout Standard
29711 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29716 For more commands provided by the
29720 package, have a look at its documentation,
29721 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29735 \begin_layout Standard
29736 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29738 For example if you use a
29742 class, you don't need the package
29746 , you can instead write
29749 \begin_layout Standard
29754 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29759 \begin_layout Standard
29760 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29761 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29762 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29769 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29772 \begin_layout Standard
29773 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29774 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29776 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29777 the previous section.
29780 \begin_layout Standard
29781 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29783 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29785 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29792 \begin_layout Standard
29793 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29799 \begin_layout Standard
29803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 \begin_inset Note Note
29816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29825 \begin_layout Left Header
29826 \begin_inset Argument 1
29829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 \begin_inset Note Note
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29853 defines the header line as described below
29861 \begin_layout Center Header
29862 \begin_inset Argument 1
29865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29874 \begin_layout Right Header
29875 \begin_inset Argument 1
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 \begin_layout Left Footer
29900 \begin_inset Argument 1
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 \begin_layout Center Footer
29925 \begin_inset Argument 1
29928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29939 \begin_inset Newline newline
29943 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29949 \begin_layout Right Footer
29950 \begin_inset Argument 1
29953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 \begin_layout Section
29976 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29979 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29984 \begin_inset Index idx
29987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29988 Document ! Header/Footer line
29994 \begin_inset Index idx
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 \begin_layout Standard
30007 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30008 to set the headings style to
30014 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30020 \begin_inset space ~
30026 As a second step add in the menu
30028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30029 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30036 Custom Header/Footerlines
30037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30041 This module offers the following 6
30042 \begin_inset space ~
30048 \begin_layout Description
30050 \begin_inset space ~
30054 \begin_inset space ~
30058 \begin_inset space ~
30062 \begin_inset space ~
30066 \begin_inset space ~
30072 \begin_layout Description
30074 \begin_inset space ~
30078 \begin_inset space ~
30082 \begin_inset space ~
30086 \begin_inset space ~
30090 \begin_inset space ~
30096 \begin_layout Standard
30097 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30100 \begin_layout Standard
30101 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30102 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30104 \begin_inset space ~
30108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30110 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30114 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30117 \begin_layout Standard
30118 \begin_inset Float figure
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30127 \begin_inset Tabular
30128 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30129 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
30130 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30132 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30134 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 The normal text on the page goes here.
30197 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30199 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30200 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30205 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30225 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30290 \begin_inset Caption Standard
30292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30295 name "fig:Page-layout"
30299 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30312 \begin_layout Subsection
30316 \begin_layout Standard
30317 To define your header line, add all 3
30318 \begin_inset space ~
30322 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30323 the optional arguments on even pages.
30324 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30326 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30327 Defining the footer line works similar.
30330 \begin_layout Standard
30331 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30347 \begin_inset space ~
30355 \begin_layout Description
30358 thepage prints the current page number
30361 \begin_layout Description
30364 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30367 \begin_layout Description
30370 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30373 \begin_layout Description
30376 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30377 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30384 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30387 because it usually goes in a left header.
30390 \begin_layout Description
30393 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30394 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30396 It is normally used in the right header.
30399 \begin_layout Subsection
30400 Default header/footer
30403 \begin_layout Standard
30404 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30405 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30406 footer has the page number.
30407 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30408 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30409 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30412 \begin_inset space ~
30420 \begin_layout Subsection
30424 \begin_layout Standard
30425 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30426 Some pages are different.
30427 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30428 a new part or chapter in your book.
30429 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30430 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30431 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30435 Header and footer decoration line
30438 \begin_layout Standard
30439 By default, you get a 0.4
30440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30443 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30444 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30456 in the following scheme:
30459 \begin_layout Standard
30466 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30469 \begin_layout Standard
30470 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30479 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30486 \begin_layout Standard
30487 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30488 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30489 \begin_inset space ~
30493 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30502 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30503 Several header/footer lines
30506 \begin_layout Standard
30507 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30508 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30509 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30511 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30523 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30526 \begin_layout Standard
30533 headheight}{height}
30536 \begin_layout Standard
30537 Where height is a size in standard units.
30538 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30539 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30540 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30542 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30556 and look via the button
30559 \begin_inset space ~
30564 if you find a warning of the package
30569 \begin_inset Index idx
30572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30573 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30579 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30580 for your header/footer.
30583 \begin_layout Subsection
30587 \begin_layout Standard
30588 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30589 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30590 This example consists of the following definition:
30593 \begin_layout Description
30595 \begin_inset space ~
30604 , empty optional argument
30607 \begin_layout Description
30609 \begin_inset space ~
30612 Header empty, empty optional argument
30615 \begin_layout Description
30617 \begin_inset space ~
30626 in the optional argument
30629 \begin_layout Description
30631 \begin_inset space ~
30640 in the optional argument
30643 \begin_layout Description
30645 \begin_inset space ~
30657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30661 \begin_inset Newline newline
30665 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30672 in the optional argument
30675 \begin_layout Description
30677 \begin_inset space ~
30686 , empty optional argument
30689 \begin_layout Description
30692 headrulewidth set to 2
30693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30699 \begin_layout Standard
30700 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30701 For more special things like e.
30702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30706 \begin_inset space ~
30709 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30714 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30723 \begin_layout Standard
30724 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30730 \begin_layout Standard
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30738 pagestyle{headings}
30744 \begin_inset Note Note
30747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 switches back to page style with the default headings
30756 \begin_layout Section
30757 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30760 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30765 \begin_inset Index idx
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 \begin_inset Index idx
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30788 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30789 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30790 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30793 \begin_layout Subsection
30797 \begin_layout Standard
30798 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30803 \begin_inset Index idx
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30807 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30812 (on some systems named simply
30817 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30825 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30826 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30834 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30835 automatically installed together with LyX.
30838 \begin_layout Subsection
30842 \begin_layout Standard
30843 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30844 LaTeX, activate the option
30847 \begin_inset space ~
30854 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30860 \begin_inset space ~
30864 \begin_inset space ~
30867 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30874 \begin_inset space ~
30887 \begin_inset space ~
30892 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30895 \begin_layout Standard
30896 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30900 \begin_layout Standard
30901 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30909 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30910 generated by activating the option
30913 \begin_inset space ~
30919 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30927 \begin_layout Subsection
30928 Selected document parts
30931 \begin_layout Standard
30932 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30933 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30934 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30935 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30937 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30941 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30942 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30943 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30946 \begin_layout Standard
30947 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30953 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30964 is explained in section
30966 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30971 \begin_inset space ~
30981 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30982 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30984 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30986 Here is the result:
30989 \begin_layout Standard
30990 \begin_inset Preview
30992 \begin_layout Standard
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31007 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31017 height_special "totalheight"
31020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31045 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31051 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 \begin_layout Standard
31074 Previewing works also for colors.
31075 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31093 is explained in section
31100 \begin_inset space ~
31113 \begin_layout Standard
31114 \begin_inset Preview
31116 \begin_layout Standard
31120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31139 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31144 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31163 \begin_layout Standard
31164 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31170 \begin_layout Standard
31171 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31172 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31173 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31175 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31176 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31177 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31178 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31182 \begin_layout Subsection
31186 \begin_layout Standard
31187 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31190 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31192 \begin_inset space ~
31197 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31198 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31200 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31201 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31202 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31203 the source view window.
31206 \begin_layout Section
31207 Advanced Find and Replace
31208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31210 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31215 \begin_inset Index idx
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31225 \begin_inset Index idx
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31237 \begin_layout Subsection
31241 \begin_layout Standard
31242 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31243 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31244 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31245 The key-features are:
31248 \begin_layout Itemize
31249 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31250 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31251 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31255 \begin_layout Itemize
31256 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31257 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31258 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31259 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31262 \begin_layout Itemize
31263 Search may be widened to a specific
31268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31272 \begin_inset space ~
31275 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31276 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31283 \begin_layout Itemize
31284 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31285 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31290 \begin_inset space ~
31293 all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
31296 \begin_layout Subsection
31300 \begin_layout Standard
31301 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31303 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31316 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31319 ) or the toolbar button
31322 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31328 Advanced Find and Replace
31333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31337 \begin_layout Standard
31342 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31347 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31350 arg "break-paragraph"
31354 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31355 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31356 Pressing repeatedly
31359 arg "break-paragraph"
31362 keeps searching forward while pressing
31366 searches backwards.
31369 \begin_layout Standard
31374 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31384 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31388 Searching for mathematics
31391 \begin_layout Standard
31392 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing them the
31397 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31400 or also something more complex like
31401 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31405 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31406 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
31407 For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31408 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31418 \begin_layout Standard
31419 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31420 This is done by switching to the
31424 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31429 This way, entering in the
31436 \begin_layout Itemize
31437 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31438 in emphasized or boldface.
31441 \begin_layout Itemize
31442 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31443 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31446 \begin_layout Itemize
31447 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31448 of if only within section headings.
31449 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31450 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31454 \begin_layout Itemize
31455 a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also
31456 displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31463 \begin_layout Standard
31464 The document segments entered in the
31468 editor can be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31476 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31480 button or alternatively
31487 arg "break-paragraph"
31494 while the cursor is in the
31504 \begin_layout Standard
31505 You can replace with full-featured formatted LyX segments.
31506 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31510 \begin_layout Itemize
31511 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31512 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31520 with its typewriter version
31521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31535 \begin_layout Itemize
31536 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31542 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31554 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31561 (you may want to enable the
31569 options and disable the
31577 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31585 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31586 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31590 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31593 , or occurrences of
31594 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31598 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31604 \begin_layout Subsection
31608 \begin_layout Standard
31609 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31614 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31616 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31618 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31627 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31633 This is done via the menu
31635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31636 Insert Regular Expression
31638 while the cursor is in the
31643 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31644 expression matching rules
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31655 \begin_inset space ~
31658 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31659 to match expressions.
31664 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31665 same text in the document.
31666 It is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31667 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31670 \begin_layout Enumerate
31671 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31676 editor the fraction
31677 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31681 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31684 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31685 fractions with the given denominator.
31688 \begin_layout Enumerate
31689 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31701 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31706 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31707 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31709 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31712 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31713 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31716 \begin_layout Standard
31717 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
31718 Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31719 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31722 , and referring back to them through
31723 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31727 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31731 For example, try searching for the regexp
31732 \begin_inset Newline newline
31735 [[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]]
31738 \begin_inset Newline newline
31741 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31744 \begin_layout Standard
31745 The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented.
31748 \begin_layout Standard
31749 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
31752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31758 Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when
31759 occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced
31760 sub-expressions is absolute.
31762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31766 \begin_inset space ~
31770 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31773 always refers to the first occurrence of
31774 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31777 in all entered regexps.
31785 \begin_layout Section
31787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31789 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31794 \begin_inset Index idx
31797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31806 \begin_layout Standard
31807 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31810 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31817 or the toolbar button
31820 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31823 starts the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the
31824 beginning of the currently selected text.
31825 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31826 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31827 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31828 scrolled so that it is visible.
31829 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31830 n, if any could be found.
31831 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31835 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31836 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31839 \begin_layout Standard
31840 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31847 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31848 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31849 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31850 This works if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31851 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31852 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31855 \begin_layout Subsection
31859 \begin_layout Standard
31860 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31863 \begin_inset space ~
31866 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31869 you can set the following things:
31872 \begin_layout Description
31874 \begin_inset space ~
31877 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31878 Depending on your platform,
31892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31893 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31894 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31909 \begin_layout Description
31911 \begin_inset space ~
31914 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31915 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31918 \begin_layout Description
31920 \begin_inset space ~
31923 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31929 \begin_inset space \space{}
31933 This should normally not be needed.
31936 \begin_layout Description
31938 \begin_inset space ~
31942 \begin_inset space ~
31945 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31957 \begin_layout Description
31959 \begin_inset space ~
31962 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31963 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31964 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31965 appear in the context menu.
31966 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31970 \begin_layout Description
31972 \begin_inset space ~
31976 \begin_inset space ~
31980 \begin_inset space ~
31983 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31987 \begin_layout Section
31989 \begin_inset Index idx
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32001 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32008 \begin_layout Standard
32009 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32010 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32022 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32031 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32032 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32033 are available for many languages.
32036 \begin_layout Standard
32037 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32041 \begin_layout Subsection
32042 Setting up the thesaurus
32045 \begin_layout Standard
32053 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32058 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32063 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32069 en_EN for English).
32070 For instance, the English files are named:
32073 \begin_layout Itemize
32077 \begin_layout Itemize
32081 \begin_layout Standard
32082 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32083 files should be already on your system.
32084 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32085 \begin_inset Flex URL
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32090 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32096 \begin_inset Flex URL
32099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32111 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32112 \begin_inset space ~
32116 \begin_inset Flex URL
32119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32126 are usually packed in extension archives (
32130 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32132 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32133 unpack a zip archive.
32146 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32147 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32149 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32150 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32154 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32157 \begin_layout Subsection
32158 Using the thesaurus
32161 \begin_layout Standard
32162 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32164 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32167 or the toolbar button
32170 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32173 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32175 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32177 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32178 Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
32179 only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
32188 ), related terms (such as
32191 \begin_inset space ~
32200 ), compounds (such as
32203 \begin_inset space ~
32212 ) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
32221 Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
32224 \begin_layout Standard
32225 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32226 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32230 \begin_layout Standard
32231 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32232 the dictionary, such as the above
32236 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32241 \begin_inset space \space{}
32244 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32245 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32246 For example looking up the word form
32247 \change_deleted 2090807402 1338765333
32258 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32264 \change_inserted 2090807402 1338765282
32265 The thesuarus is able to resolve inflected forms (so if you enter
32269 , it will resolve it to the form
32273 which is in the dictionary).
32274 However, this may not always work.
32275 So if you do not get any results for inflected forms, try the lemma form.
32278 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32283 \begin_inset space \space{}
32294 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32295 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32296 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32299 \begin_layout Section
32301 \begin_inset Index idx
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32311 \begin_inset Index idx
32314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32315 Document ! Change Tracking
32321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32323 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32330 \begin_layout Standard
32331 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32332 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32333 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32334 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32336 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32338 \begin_inset space ~
32341 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32343 \begin_inset space ~
32351 \begin_layout Standard
32352 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32366 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32367 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32370 \begin_inset space ~
32374 \begin_inset space ~
32384 \begin_inset Index idx
32387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 Color ! Change tracking
32393 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32394 the cursor is in changed text.
32395 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32398 arg "changes-merge"
32404 \begin_layout Standard
32405 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32406 \begin_inset Index idx
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 \begin_layout Standard
32419 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32425 \begin_layout Standard
32426 \begin_inset Graphics
32427 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32435 \begin_layout Standard
32436 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32442 \begin_layout Standard
32443 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32447 \begin_layout Standard
32448 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32454 \begin_layout Standard
32455 \begin_inset Tabular
32456 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32457 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32458 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32459 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 arg "changes-track"
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32485 \begin_inset space ~
32488 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32490 \begin_inset space ~
32499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 arg "changes-output"
32516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32524 \begin_inset space ~
32527 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32529 \begin_inset space ~
32533 \begin_inset space ~
32537 \begin_inset space ~
32546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32567 Jumps to the next change
32573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 arg "change-accept"
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32598 \begin_inset space ~
32601 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32603 \begin_inset space ~
32612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 arg "change-reject"
32629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32637 \begin_inset space ~
32640 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32642 \begin_inset space ~
32651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 arg "changes-merge"
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32676 \begin_inset space ~
32679 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32681 \begin_inset space ~
32690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 arg "all-changes-accept"
32707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32713 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32715 \begin_inset space ~
32718 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32720 \begin_inset space ~
32724 \begin_inset space ~
32733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32742 arg "all-changes-reject"
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32758 \begin_inset space ~
32761 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32763 \begin_inset space ~
32767 \begin_inset space ~
32776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32800 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32802 \begin_inset space ~
32811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32834 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32836 \begin_inset space ~
32852 \begin_layout Standard
32853 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32859 \begin_layout Standard
32860 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32861 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32862 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32863 the next change after the current cursor position.
32864 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32865 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32866 step to the next change.
32867 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32870 \begin_layout Standard
32871 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32872 to describe a change.
32875 \begin_layout Standard
32876 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32881 \begin_inset Index idx
32884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32885 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32891 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32892 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32898 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32901 \begin_layout Section
32902 Comparison of Documents
32903 \begin_inset Index idx
32906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 Comparison of documents
32915 \begin_layout Standard
32916 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32918 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32922 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32924 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32925 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32929 \begin_inset space ~
32933 \begin_inset space ~
32937 \begin_inset space ~
32946 \begin_inset space ~
32950 \begin_inset space ~
32954 \begin_inset space ~
32958 \begin_inset space ~
32962 \begin_inset space ~
32966 \begin_inset space ~
32971 enables the change tracking option
32974 \begin_inset space ~
32978 \begin_inset space ~
32982 \begin_inset space ~
32987 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32990 \begin_layout Section
32991 International Support
32992 \begin_inset Index idx
32995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32996 International support
33004 \begin_layout Standard
33005 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33006 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33007 how to set up LyX to use them:
33008 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33010 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33017 \begin_layout Standard
33018 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33019 \begin_inset space ~
33023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33025 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33032 \begin_layout Subsection
33034 \begin_inset Index idx
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 \begin_inset Index idx
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 Document ! Settings
33054 \begin_inset Index idx
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 Document ! Language
33066 \begin_layout Standard
33069 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33072 dialog lets you set
33074 the language and character encoding for your language.
33078 \begin_layout Standard
33079 Choose your language in the
33083 section of this dialog.
33091 \begin_layout Standard
33096 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33101 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33102 For details about the different encoding options see section
33103 \begin_inset space ~
33107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33109 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33116 \begin_layout Subsection
33117 Keyboard mapping configuration
33118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33120 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33127 \begin_layout Standard
33128 If you have for example a U.
33129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33132 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33133 can use an alternate keymap.
33134 For example, if you have a U.
33135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33138 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33139 use an Italian keymap.
33140 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33142 \begin_inset space ~
33146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33148 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33153 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33154 which one you want to use.
33157 \begin_layout Standard
33158 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33159 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33160 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33161 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33162 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33163 one to support the characters you want.
33164 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33171 \begin_layout Subsection
33175 \begin_layout Standard
33177 \begin_inset space ~
33181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33183 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33192 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33196 \begin_layout Standard
33197 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33198 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33206 \begin_layout Itemize
33207 Even if you have selected
33213 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33216 dialog, users who have only the
33220 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33224 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33225 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33226 french quotes will not show up.
33229 \begin_layout Standard
33230 \begin_inset Float table
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33236 \begin_inset Caption Standard
33238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33241 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 \begin_inset Tabular
33260 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33261 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
33262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33265 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33270 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33271 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33272 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33273 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33274 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33276 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37691 \begin_layout Standard
37692 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37694 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37695 also the characters from
37707 \begin_layout Itemize
37716 \begin_layout Standard
37717 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37718 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37724 \begin_layout Standard
37725 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37726 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37732 \begin_layout Standard
37733 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37734 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37740 \begin_layout Standard
37741 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37742 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37748 \begin_layout Standard
37750 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37756 \begin_layout Standard
37758 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37764 \begin_layout Standard
37766 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37773 \begin_layout Itemize
37786 \begin_layout Standard
37788 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37794 \begin_layout Standard
37796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37802 \begin_layout Standard
37804 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37810 \begin_layout Standard
37812 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37818 \begin_layout Standard
37820 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37826 \begin_layout Standard
37828 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37835 \begin_layout Standard
37836 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37837 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37838 Also make sure you're using the
37845 \begin_layout Chapter
37848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37850 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37857 \begin_layout Standard
37858 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37859 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37860 topic inside the user's guide.
37863 \begin_layout Section
37865 \begin_inset Index idx
37868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37877 \begin_layout Standard
37882 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37885 \begin_layout Subsection
37889 \begin_layout Standard
37890 Creates a new document.
37893 \begin_layout Subsection
37897 \begin_layout Standard
37898 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37899 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37900 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37903 \begin_layout Subsection
37907 \begin_layout Standard
37911 \begin_layout Subsection
37915 \begin_layout Standard
37916 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37917 Click there on a file to open it.
37920 \begin_layout Subsection
37924 \begin_layout Standard
37925 Closes the current document.
37928 \begin_layout Subsection
37932 \begin_layout Standard
37933 Closes all opened documents.
37936 \begin_layout Subsection
37940 \begin_layout Standard
37941 Saves the actual document.
37944 \begin_layout Subsection
37948 \begin_layout Standard
37949 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37952 \begin_layout Subsection
37956 \begin_layout Standard
37957 Saves all opened documents.
37960 \begin_layout Subsection
37964 \begin_layout Standard
37965 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37968 \begin_layout Subsection
37972 \begin_layout Standard
37973 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37974 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37975 It is described in the section
37977 Version Control in LyX
37981 Additional Features
37986 \begin_layout Subsection
37990 \begin_layout Standard
37991 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37992 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37994 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37997 \begin_layout Standard
37998 When using the menu entry
38001 \begin_inset space ~
38006 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38010 \begin_inset space ~
38014 \begin_inset space ~
38019 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38020 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38023 \begin_layout Subsection
38025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38034 \begin_layout Standard
38035 You can export your document to various file formats.
38036 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38037 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38038 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38041 \begin_layout Standard
38042 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38044 \begin_inset space ~
38048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38050 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38057 \begin_layout Description
38063 \begin_inset space ~
38070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38077 yX format of the special LyX
38078 \begin_inset space ~
38081 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38082 \begin_inset Newline newline
38085 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38088 \begin_layout Description
38089 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38095 \begin_layout Description
38097 \begin_inset space ~
38100 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38106 \begin_layout Description
38107 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38108 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38109 files paths or file names in your document.
38110 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38117 \begin_layout Description
38118 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38119 in files paths or file names
38122 \begin_layout Description
38124 \begin_inset space ~
38131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38138 eX) DVI-format using the program
38142 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38145 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38153 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38161 \begin_layout Description
38163 \begin_inset space ~
38166 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38170 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38175 \begin_layout Description
38176 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38180 \begin_layout Description
38182 \begin_inset space ~
38186 \begin_inset space ~
38189 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38193 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38201 \begin_layout Description
38208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38216 \begin_inset space ~
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38245 \begin_layout Description
38252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38260 \begin_inset space ~
38265 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38266 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38270 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38273 \begin_layout Description
38280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 \begin_inset space ~
38293 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38294 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38302 \begin_layout Description
38309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38317 \begin_inset space ~
38328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38341 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38346 \begin_layout Description
38348 \begin_inset space ~
38352 \begin_inset space ~
38361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38370 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38371 music notation software
38376 \begin_layout Description
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38393 \begin_inset space ~
38397 \begin_inset space ~
38400 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38401 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38402 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38405 \begin_layout Description
38412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38422 \begin_inset space ~
38425 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38441 represent the version number)
38444 \begin_layout Description
38451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38460 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38463 \begin_layout Description
38464 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38469 \begin_layout Description
38470 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38472 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38475 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38479 \begin_layout Description
38483 \begin_inset space ~
38488 PDF-format using the program
38492 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38495 \begin_layout Description
38499 \begin_inset space ~
38506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38515 PDF-format using the program
38519 , produces PDF-files directly
38522 \begin_layout Description
38526 \begin_inset space ~
38531 PDF-format using the program
38535 , produces PDF-files directly
38538 \begin_layout Description
38542 \begin_inset space ~
38547 PDF-format using the program
38551 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38554 \begin_layout Description
38558 \begin_inset space ~
38565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38574 PDF-format using the program
38578 , produces PDF-files directly
38581 \begin_layout Description
38585 \begin_inset space ~
38593 \begin_layout Description
38597 \begin_inset space ~
38601 \begin_inset space ~
38606 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38607 and then exported as text using the program
38612 \begin_layout Description
38617 PostScript format using the program
38622 \begin_layout Description
38623 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38624 programming language
38637 it is possible to use
38644 \begin_layout Standard
38645 If one of the menu entries
38652 \begin_inset space ~
38661 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38662 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38663 \begin_inset space ~
38667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38669 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38674 \begin_inset Index idx
38677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38678 Reconfiguration of LyX
38686 \begin_layout Subsection
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38691 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38692 format or send it to a printer.
38693 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38694 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38700 For more information have a look at section
38701 \begin_inset space ~
38705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38707 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38714 \begin_layout Subsection
38718 \begin_layout Standard
38719 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38720 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38721 prefix, see section
38722 \begin_inset space ~
38726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38728 reference "sec:Paths"
38733 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38742 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38743 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38744 \begin_inset space ~
38748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38750 reference "sub:Converters"
38757 \begin_layout Subsection
38758 New and Close Window
38761 \begin_layout Standard
38762 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38765 \begin_layout Subsection
38769 \begin_layout Standard
38770 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38773 \begin_layout Section
38775 \begin_inset Index idx
38778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38787 \begin_layout Subsection
38791 \begin_layout Standard
38792 Described in section
38793 \begin_inset space ~
38797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38799 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38806 \begin_layout Subsection
38807 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38810 \begin_layout Standard
38811 Described in section
38812 \begin_inset space ~
38816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38818 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38825 \begin_layout Subsection
38829 \begin_layout Standard
38830 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38831 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38834 \begin_layout Subsection
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38839 Selects the whole document.
38842 \begin_layout Subsection
38843 Find & Replace (Quick)
38846 \begin_layout Standard
38847 Described in section
38848 \begin_inset space ~
38852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38854 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38861 \begin_layout Subsection
38862 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38865 \begin_layout Standard
38866 Described in section
38867 \begin_inset space ~
38871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38873 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38880 \begin_layout Subsection
38881 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38884 \begin_layout Standard
38885 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38889 \begin_layout Subsection
38893 \begin_layout Standard
38894 Described in section
38895 \begin_inset space ~
38899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38901 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38908 \begin_layout Subsection
38910 \begin_inset Index idx
38913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38914 Paragraph ! Settings
38922 \begin_layout Standard
38923 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38924 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38928 \begin_layout Standard
38929 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38930 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38938 \begin_inset space ~
38946 \begin_layout Subsection
38947 Table Settings and Math
38950 \begin_layout Standard
38951 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38953 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38954 The properties of tables are described in section
38955 \begin_inset space ~
38959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38961 reference "sec:Tables"
38965 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38966 \begin_inset space ~
38970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38972 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
38979 \begin_layout Subsection
38980 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38983 \begin_layout Standard
38984 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38986 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38987 \begin_inset space ~
38991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38993 reference "sec:Nesting"
38998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39000 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39007 \begin_layout Section
39009 \begin_inset Index idx
39012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39021 \begin_layout Standard
39022 At the bottom of the
39026 menu the opened documents are listed.
39029 \begin_layout Subsection
39030 Open/Close all Insets
39033 \begin_layout Standard
39034 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39037 \begin_layout Subsection
39038 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39041 \begin_layout Standard
39042 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39045 \begin_layout Standard
39046 Math macros are described in the
39053 \begin_layout Subsection
39057 \begin_layout Standard
39058 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39060 \begin_inset space ~
39064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39066 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39073 \begin_layout Subsection
39077 \begin_layout Standard
39078 Opens a window showing console messages.
39079 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39083 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39084 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39087 \begin_layout Subsection
39091 \begin_layout Standard
39092 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39093 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39100 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39104 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39111 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39115 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39116 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39117 \begin_inset space ~
39121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39123 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39128 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39129 The default output format is
39132 \begin_inset space ~
39140 \begin_layout Subsection
39141 View (Other Formats)
39144 \begin_layout Standard
39145 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39146 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39147 actual document with an external program.
39148 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39149 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39150 All possible formats are listed in section
39151 \begin_inset space ~
39155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39157 reference "sub:Export"
39162 You should at least see the menu entry
39167 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39168 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39169 \begin_inset space ~
39173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39175 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39180 \begin_inset Index idx
39183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39184 Reconfiguration of LyX
39192 \begin_layout Standard
39193 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39194 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39195 \begin_inset space ~
39199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39201 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39206 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39209 \begin_layout Subsection
39213 \begin_layout Standard
39214 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39215 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39218 \begin_layout Subsection
39219 Update (Other Formats)
39222 \begin_layout Standard
39223 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39224 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39227 \begin_layout Subsection
39228 View Master Document
39231 \begin_layout Standard
39232 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39248 \begin_inset space ~
39253 manual for more information on this topic).
39254 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39255 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39260 generates the output of the whole book, while
39264 will just output the chapter alone.
39267 \begin_layout Standard
39268 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39269 in the preferences (see sec.
39270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39276 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39280 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39287 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39294 \begin_layout Subsection
39295 Update Master Document
39298 \begin_layout Standard
39299 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39315 \begin_inset space ~
39320 manual for more information on this topic).
39321 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39322 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39325 \begin_layout Standard
39326 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39327 in the preferences (see sec.
39328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39334 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39338 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39345 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39352 \begin_layout Subsection
39356 \begin_layout Standard
39357 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39358 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39359 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39360 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39361 or more documents at the same time.
39362 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39369 \begin_layout Subsection
39373 \begin_layout Standard
39374 Closes a split view.
39377 \begin_layout Subsection
39381 \begin_layout Standard
39382 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39383 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39384 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39385 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39386 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39389 \begin_layout Subsection
39391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39393 name "sub:Toolbars"
39398 \begin_inset Index idx
39401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39410 \begin_layout Standard
39411 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39412 All toolbars and the
39415 \begin_inset space ~
39420 can be turned on and off.
39425 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39437 \begin_inset space ~
39445 \begin_inset space ~
39454 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39458 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39465 \begin_layout Standard
39470 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39474 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39475 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39476 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39477 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39478 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39481 \begin_layout Standard
39482 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39483 \begin_inset space ~
39487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39489 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39496 \begin_layout Section
39498 \begin_inset Index idx
39501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39510 \begin_layout Subsection
39514 \begin_layout Standard
39515 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39522 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39533 \begin_layout Subsection
39535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39537 name "sub:Special-Character"
39544 \begin_layout Standard
39545 Here you can insert the following characters:
39548 \begin_layout Description
39549 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39550 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39551 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39552 \begin_inset Newline newline
39556 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39564 Not all characters will be visible in the
39568 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39576 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39580 ) can display every character.
39588 \begin_layout Description
39589 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39593 \begin_layout Description
39595 \begin_inset space ~
39599 \begin_inset space ~
39602 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39603 \begin_inset space ~
39607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39609 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39616 \begin_layout Description
39618 \begin_inset space ~
39621 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39624 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39634 \begin_layout Description
39636 \begin_inset space ~
39640 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809482
39642 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809484
39646 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809487
39648 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39652 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809513
39653 in the quotation marks style selected in the
39655 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39667 \begin_layout Description
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39672 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39676 \begin_layout Description
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39681 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39685 \begin_layout Description
39687 \begin_inset space ~
39690 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39694 \begin_layout Description
39696 \begin_inset space ~
39700 \begin_inset Index idx
39703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39710 \begin_inset Index idx
39713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39714 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39720 \change_deleted -712698321 1345808954
39721 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset
39722 \change_inserted -712698321 1345808969
39723 Inserts a box where
39724 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809001
39729 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809047
39730 commands to create IPA phonetic
39733 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809189
39734 from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which
39735 provides a large set of these symbols
39739 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809068
39741 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809068
39745 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809224
39746 with traditional LaTeX
39748 you must have the LaTeX-package
39753 \begin_inset Index idx
39756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39757 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39763 \begin_inset Newline newline
39767 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809282
39769 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809283
39772 ore information about this feature
39773 \change_deleted -712698321 1345809286
39774 we refer you to the documentation of
39777 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39785 and this Wiki-page:
39786 \begin_inset Newline newline
39790 \begin_inset Flex URL
39793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39795 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39801 \change_inserted -712698321 1345809397
39802 can be found in the Linguistics manual (
39804 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39805 Specific Manuals\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39813 \begin_layout Subsection
39817 \begin_layout Standard
39818 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39821 \begin_layout Description
39822 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39823 \begin_inset script superscript
39825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39834 \begin_layout Description
39835 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39836 \begin_inset script subscript
39838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39847 \begin_layout Description
39849 \begin_inset space ~
39852 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39853 \begin_inset space ~
39857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39859 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39866 \begin_layout Description
39868 \begin_inset space ~
39871 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39872 \begin_inset space ~
39876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39878 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39885 \begin_layout Description
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39890 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39897 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39904 \begin_layout Description
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39909 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39910 \begin_inset space ~
39914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39916 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39923 \begin_layout Description
39925 \begin_inset space ~
39928 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39935 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39942 \begin_layout Description
39944 \begin_inset space ~
39947 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39948 \begin_inset space ~
39952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39954 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39961 \begin_layout Description
39962 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39963 \begin_inset space ~
39967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39969 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39976 \begin_layout Description
39978 \begin_inset space ~
39981 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39982 \begin_inset space ~
39986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39988 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39995 \begin_layout Description
39997 \begin_inset space ~
40000 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40007 reference "sub:Ligatures"
40014 \begin_layout Description
40016 \begin_inset space ~
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40023 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
40024 \begin_inset space ~
40028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40030 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40037 \begin_layout Description
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40042 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
40043 text line to the page border, see section
40044 \begin_inset space ~
40048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40050 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
40057 \begin_layout Description
40059 \begin_inset space ~
40062 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
40063 \begin_inset space ~
40067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40069 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40076 \begin_layout Description
40078 \begin_inset space ~
40081 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
40082 text page to the page border, described in section
40083 \begin_inset space ~
40087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40089 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40096 \begin_layout Description
40098 \begin_inset space ~
40101 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40102 \begin_inset space ~
40106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40108 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40115 \begin_layout Description
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40124 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40125 \begin_inset space ~
40129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40131 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40138 \begin_layout Subsection
40142 \begin_layout Standard
40143 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40144 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40146 \begin_inset space ~
40150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40152 reference "sec:toc"
40157 The index list is described in section
40158 \begin_inset space ~
40162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40164 reference "sec:Index"
40168 , the nomenclature in section
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40175 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40179 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40180 \begin_inset space ~
40184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40186 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40193 \begin_layout Subsection
40197 \begin_layout Standard
40198 To insert floats, described in section
40199 \begin_inset space ~
40203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40205 reference "sec:Floats"
40212 \begin_layout Subsection
40216 \begin_layout Standard
40217 To insert notes, described in section
40218 \begin_inset space ~
40222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40224 reference "sec:Notes"
40231 \begin_layout Subsection
40235 \begin_layout Standard
40236 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40237 \begin_inset space ~
40241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40243 reference "sec:Branches"
40250 \begin_layout Subsection
40254 \begin_layout Standard
40255 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40256 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40258 An example is the document class
40259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40266 with three custom insets.
40269 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40275 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40278 \begin_layout Subsection
40280 \begin_inset Index idx
40283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40292 \begin_layout Standard
40293 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40295 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40302 \begin_inset space ~
40310 \begin_layout Subsection
40312 \begin_inset Index idx
40315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40324 \begin_layout Standard
40325 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40326 \begin_inset space ~
40330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40332 reference "sec:Minipages"
40337 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40344 \begin_inset space ~
40352 \begin_layout Subsection
40356 \begin_layout Standard
40357 Inserts a citation as described in section
40358 \begin_inset space ~
40362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40364 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40371 \begin_layout Subsection
40375 \begin_layout Standard
40376 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40377 \begin_inset space ~
40381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40383 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40390 \begin_layout Subsection
40394 \begin_layout Standard
40395 Inserts a label as described in section
40396 \begin_inset space ~
40400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40402 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40409 \begin_layout Subsection
40411 \begin_inset Index idx
40414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40421 \begin_inset Index idx
40424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40425 Longtables ! Caption
40433 \begin_layout Standard
40434 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40435 Floats are described in section
40436 \begin_inset space ~
40440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40442 reference "sec:Floats"
40446 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40453 \begin_inset space ~
40461 \begin_layout Subsection
40465 \begin_layout Standard
40466 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40467 \begin_inset space ~
40471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40473 reference "sec:Index"
40480 \begin_layout Subsection
40484 \begin_layout Standard
40485 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40486 \begin_inset space ~
40490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40492 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40499 \begin_layout Subsection
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40505 Tables are described in section
40506 \begin_inset space ~
40510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40512 reference "sec:Tables"
40519 \begin_layout Subsection
40523 \begin_layout Standard
40525 Graphics are described in section
40526 \begin_inset space ~
40530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40532 reference "sec:Graphics"
40539 \begin_layout Subsection
40543 \begin_layout Standard
40544 Inserts a URL as described in section
40545 \begin_inset space ~
40549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40551 reference "sub:URLs"
40558 \begin_layout Subsection
40562 \begin_layout Standard
40563 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40564 \begin_inset space ~
40568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40570 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40577 \begin_layout Subsection
40581 \begin_layout Standard
40582 Inserts a footnote, see section
40583 \begin_inset space ~
40587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40589 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40596 \begin_layout Subsection
40600 \begin_layout Standard
40601 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40602 \begin_inset space ~
40606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40608 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40615 \begin_layout Subsection
40619 \begin_layout Standard
40620 Inserts a short title, see section
40621 \begin_inset space ~
40625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40627 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40634 \begin_layout Subsection
40638 \begin_layout Standard
40639 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40640 \begin_inset space ~
40644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40646 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40653 \begin_layout Subsection
40655 \begin_inset Index idx
40658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40667 \begin_layout Standard
40668 Inserts a program listings box.
40669 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40671 Program Code Listings
40676 \begin_inset space ~
40684 \begin_layout Subsection
40688 \begin_layout Standard
40689 Inserts the actual date.
40690 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40692 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40708 \begin_layout Subsection
40712 \begin_layout Standard
40713 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40714 \begin_inset space ~
40718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40720 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40727 \begin_layout Section
40729 \begin_inset Index idx
40732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40741 \begin_layout Standard
40742 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40743 \begin_inset space ~
40746 of the current document.
40747 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40750 \begin_layout Subsection
40754 \begin_layout Standard
40755 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40756 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40762 \begin_inset space \space{}
40766 \begin_inset space ~
40770 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40771 \begin_inset space ~
40774 2.5 and use the submenu
40777 \begin_inset space ~
40781 \begin_inset space ~
40788 \begin_inset space ~
40794 \begin_inset space ~
40798 \begin_inset space ~
40804 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40808 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40814 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40820 \begin_layout Standard
40821 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40822 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40825 \begin_layout Subsection
40826 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40829 \begin_layout Standard
40830 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40834 \begin_layout Subsection
40838 \begin_layout Standard
40839 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40840 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40841 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40845 \begin_inset space ~
40849 \begin_inset space ~
40857 \begin_layout Subsection
40861 \begin_layout Standard
40862 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40863 in the output, see section
40866 \begin_inset space ~
40874 \begin_inset space ~
40879 manual for a detailed description.
40882 \begin_layout Section
40884 \begin_inset Index idx
40887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40896 \begin_layout Subsection
40900 \begin_layout Standard
40901 Change Tracking is described in section
40902 \begin_inset space ~
40906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40908 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40915 \begin_layout Subsection
40920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40930 \begin_layout Standard
40931 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40933 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40936 \begin_layout Standard
40937 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40942 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40945 \begin_layout Subsection
40949 \begin_layout Standard
40950 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40951 \begin_inset space ~
40955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40957 reference "sec:Navigating"
40962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40964 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40971 \begin_layout Subsection
40972 Start Appendix Here
40975 \begin_layout Standard
40976 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40977 position as described in section
40978 \begin_inset space ~
40982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40984 reference "sec:Appendices"
40991 \begin_layout Subsection
40995 \begin_layout Standard
40996 Un/compresses the current document.
40999 \begin_layout Subsection
41003 \begin_layout Standard
41004 The document settings are described in appendix
41005 \begin_inset space ~
41009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41011 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
41018 \begin_layout Section
41020 \begin_inset Index idx
41023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41032 \begin_layout Subsection
41036 \begin_layout Standard
41037 Spell checking is explained in section
41038 \begin_inset space ~
41042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41044 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41051 \begin_layout Subsection
41055 \begin_layout Standard
41056 The thesaurus is described in section
41057 \begin_inset space ~
41061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41063 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
41070 \begin_layout Subsection
41072 \begin_inset Index idx
41075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41082 \begin_inset Index idx
41085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41094 \begin_layout Standard
41095 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41099 \begin_layout Subsection
41101 \begin_inset Index idx
41104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41113 \begin_layout Standard
41114 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41118 \begin_layout Subsection
41120 \begin_inset Index idx
41123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41124 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41135 Reconfiguration of LyX
41139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 \begin_inset Index idx
41155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41156 Reconfiguration of LyX
41164 \begin_layout Standard
41165 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41166 and programs it needs; see also section
41167 \begin_inset space ~
41171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41173 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41180 \begin_layout Subsection
41184 \begin_layout Standard
41185 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41186 \begin_inset space ~
41190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41192 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41199 \begin_layout Section
41201 \begin_inset Index idx
41204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41213 \begin_layout Standard
41214 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41216 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41220 \begin_layout Standard
41224 \begin_inset space ~
41229 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41230 found by LyX (see also section
41231 \begin_inset space ~
41235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41237 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41244 \begin_layout Section
41246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41248 name "sec:Toolbars"
41255 \begin_layout Standard
41256 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41257 \begin_inset space ~
41261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41263 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41270 \begin_layout Standard
41271 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41272 This is described in the
41274 Additional Features
41279 \begin_layout Subsection
41281 \begin_inset Index idx
41284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 \begin_layout Standard
41294 \begin_inset Graphics
41295 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41303 \begin_layout Standard
41304 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41310 \begin_layout Standard
41311 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41328 \begin_inset Note Note
41331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41332 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41337 manual for more information.
41345 \begin_layout Standard
41346 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41352 \begin_layout Standard
41353 \begin_inset Tabular
41354 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41355 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41357 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41363 \begin_inset Graphics
41364 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 pull-down box for the environments
41391 \begin_layout Standard
41392 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41398 \begin_layout Standard
41400 \begin_inset Tabular
41401 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41402 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41403 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41404 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41428 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41488 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 arg "dialog-show print"
41512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41518 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41548 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41578 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41585 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41608 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41638 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41668 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41698 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41714 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41728 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41730 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41752 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41766 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41767 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41774 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41795 Emphasize text, function of the
41797 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41799 \begin_inset space ~
41810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41831 Set text to noun style, function of the
41833 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41835 \begin_inset space ~
41846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 arg "textstyle-apply"
41863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41867 Formats text using the current settings in the
41869 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41871 \begin_inset space ~
41882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41906 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41908 \begin_inset space ~
41917 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41926 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41954 arg "tabular-insert"
41962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41975 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41996 Toggle outline window on/off,
41998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42014 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
42022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 Toggle math toolbar on/off
42032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42041 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
42049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42053 Toggle table toolbar on/off
42066 \begin_layout Subsection
42068 \begin_inset Index idx
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42080 \begin_layout Standard
42081 \begin_inset Graphics
42082 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
42090 \begin_layout Standard
42091 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42097 \begin_layout Standard
42098 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42102 \begin_layout Standard
42103 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42109 \begin_layout Standard
42110 \begin_inset Tabular
42111 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42112 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42113 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42114 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42115 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42151 arg "layout Enumerate"
42159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42178 arg "layout Itemize"
42186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42232 arg "layout Description"
42240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42250 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42259 arg "depth-increment"
42267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42275 \begin_inset space ~
42279 \begin_inset space ~
42288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42297 arg "depth-decrement"
42305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42311 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42313 \begin_inset space ~
42317 \begin_inset space ~
42326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42335 arg "float-insert figure"
42343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42350 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42357 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42366 arg "float-insert table"
42374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42381 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42427 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42457 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42478 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42503 \begin_inset space ~
42512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42521 arg "nomencl-insert"
42529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42537 \begin_inset space ~
42546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42555 arg "footnote-insert"
42563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42576 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42585 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42601 \begin_inset space ~
42610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42634 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42636 \begin_inset space ~
42645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42654 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42668 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42705 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42745 \begin_inset space ~
42754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42763 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42778 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42785 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42794 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42809 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42811 \begin_inset space ~
42820 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42829 arg "dialog-show character"
42837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42843 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42845 \begin_inset space ~
42854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42863 arg "layout-paragraph"
42871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42877 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42879 \begin_inset space ~
42888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42897 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42911 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42925 \begin_layout Subsection
42926 View / Update Toolbar
42927 \begin_inset Index idx
42930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42931 Toolbar ! View / Update
42939 \begin_layout Standard
42940 \begin_inset Graphics
42941 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42948 \begin_layout Standard
42949 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42955 \begin_layout Standard
42956 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42960 \begin_layout Standard
42961 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42967 \begin_layout Standard
42968 \begin_inset Tabular
42969 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42970 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42971 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42972 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42996 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43012 arg "buffer-update"
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 arg "master-buffer-view"
43050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43072 arg "master-buffer-update"
43080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43086 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43088 \begin_inset space ~
43097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43106 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43121 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43122 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43123 Synchronize with Output
43129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43134 \begin_inset Graphics
43135 filename ../images/view-others.png
43137 groupId toolbarbuttons
43148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43154 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43155 View (Other Formats)
43161 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43166 \begin_inset Graphics
43167 filename ../images/update-others.png
43169 groupId toolbarbuttons
43178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43185 Update (Other Formats)
43198 \begin_layout Standard
43199 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43203 \begin_layout Subsection
43207 \begin_layout Standard
43208 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43209 \begin_inset space ~
43213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43215 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43219 , the table toolbar
43220 \begin_inset Index idx
43223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43232 \begin_inset space ~
43237 manual, the math macro toolbar
43238 \begin_inset Index idx
43241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43254 \begin_layout Chapter
43255 The Document Settings
43256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43258 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43263 \begin_inset Index idx
43266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43267 Document ! Settings
43275 \begin_layout Standard
43276 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43277 whole document and is called with the menu
43279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43283 You can save your document settings as default with the
43285 Save as Document Defaults
43287 button in the dialog.
43288 This will create a template named
43292 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43296 \begin_layout Standard
43301 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43302 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43305 \begin_layout Standard
43306 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43309 \begin_layout Section
43313 \begin_layout Standard
43314 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43316 Document classes are described in section
43317 \begin_inset space ~
43321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43323 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43331 \begin_layout Standard
43335 \begin_inset space ~
43340 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43344 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43345 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43347 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43356 \begin_layout Standard
43357 Some classes use special class options by default.
43358 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43362 and you can decide to use them or not.
43363 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43364 recommended to leave them untouched.
43369 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43374 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43375 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43381 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43382 \begin_inset Newline newline
43387 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43390 \begin_inset Newline newline
43393 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43399 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43401 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43413 \begin_layout Standard
43414 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43416 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43417 document is opened without its master.
43418 This way child documents are always compilable.
43419 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43426 \begin_inset space ~
43434 \begin_layout Standard
43435 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43445 \begin_inset Index idx
43448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43449 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43455 \begin_inset Index idx
43458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43459 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43464 for cross-references, see sec.
43465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43471 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43478 \begin_layout Section
43482 \begin_layout Standard
43483 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43484 Please refer to the section
43487 \begin_inset space ~
43495 \begin_inset space ~
43500 manual for details.
43503 \begin_layout Section
43507 \begin_layout Standard
43508 Modules are explained in section
43509 \begin_inset space ~
43513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43515 reference "sub:Modules"
43522 \begin_layout Section
43526 \begin_layout Standard
43528 \begin_inset space ~
43532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43534 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43541 \begin_layout Section
43545 \begin_layout Standard
43546 The document font settings are described in section
43547 \begin_inset space ~
43551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43553 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43560 \begin_layout Section
43564 \begin_layout Standard
43565 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43567 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43570 \begin_layout Standard
43571 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43572 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43574 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43577 \begin_layout Section
43581 \begin_layout Standard
43582 A description of this menu is given in section
43583 \begin_inset space ~
43587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43589 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43596 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43603 \begin_layout Section
43607 \begin_layout Standard
43608 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43609 \begin_inset space ~
43613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43615 reference "sub:Margins"
43622 \begin_layout Section
43624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43626 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43631 \begin_inset Index idx
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43635 Language ! Encoding
43643 \begin_layout Standard
43644 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43645 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43646 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43647 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43648 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43649 known for a particular character).
43653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43654 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43659 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43664 manual for details.
43672 \begin_layout Standard
43673 If you use the option
43677 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43678 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43679 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43680 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43681 exactly one encoding.
43682 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43685 \begin_layout Standard
43686 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43687 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43688 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43689 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43690 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43691 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43696 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43697 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43698 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43699 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43700 engines to standard LaTeX.
43701 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43702 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43705 \begin_inset space ~
43712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43724 \begin_inset space ~
43731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43743 \begin_inset space ~
43749 \begin_inset space ~
43753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43755 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43760 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43764 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43767 \begin_layout Standard
43771 \begin_inset space ~
43776 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43786 The possible settings are:
43789 \begin_layout Description
43790 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43792 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43793 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43797 \begin_inset space ~
43801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43803 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43810 \begin_layout Description
43811 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43812 format you will use.
43813 In many cases this will be
43818 \begin_inset Index idx
43821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43822 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43828 If the newer package
43833 \begin_inset Index idx
43836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43837 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43842 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43843 this package will be used instead of
43850 \begin_layout Description
43852 \begin_inset space ~
43863 would be more appropriate.
43866 \begin_layout Description
43867 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43868 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43872 (for German texts), type in
43875 \begin_inset Newline newline
43880 usepackage{ngerman}
43883 \begin_layout Description
43884 None will not use a language package.
43885 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43888 \begin_layout Standard
43889 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43892 \begin_layout Description
43894 \begin_inset space ~
43898 \begin_inset space ~
43902 \begin_inset space ~
43909 , but the LaTeX-package
43914 \begin_inset Index idx
43917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43918 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43924 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43925 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43926 languages in TeX code.
43929 \begin_layout Description
43930 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43931 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43932 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43935 \begin_layout Description
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset space ~
43944 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43947 \begin_layout Description
43949 \begin_inset space ~
43953 \begin_inset space ~
43956 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43959 \begin_layout Description
43961 \begin_inset space ~
43964 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43967 \begin_layout Description
43969 \begin_inset space ~
43973 \begin_inset space ~
43976 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43977 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43980 \begin_layout Description
43982 \begin_inset space ~
43986 \begin_inset space ~
43989 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43993 \begin_layout Description
43995 \begin_inset space ~
43999 \begin_inset space ~
44002 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
44003 ISO-8859-13 encoding
44006 \begin_layout Description
44008 \begin_inset space ~
44012 \begin_inset space ~
44016 \begin_inset space ~
44019 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
44020 \begin_inset space ~
44026 \begin_layout Description
44028 \begin_inset space ~
44032 \begin_inset space ~
44036 \begin_inset space ~
44039 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
44040 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
44043 \begin_layout Description
44045 \begin_inset space ~
44049 \begin_inset space ~
44052 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
44053 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
44054 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44055 \begin_inset space ~
44059 \begin_inset space ~
44065 \begin_layout Description
44067 \begin_inset space ~
44071 \begin_inset space ~
44074 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
44075 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
44076 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
44077 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44078 \begin_inset space ~
44082 \begin_inset space ~
44088 \begin_layout Description
44090 \begin_inset space ~
44094 \begin_inset space ~
44097 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44100 \begin_layout Description
44102 \begin_inset space ~
44106 \begin_inset space ~
44109 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44112 \begin_layout Description
44114 \begin_inset space ~
44118 \begin_inset space ~
44121 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44124 \begin_layout Description
44126 \begin_inset space ~
44129 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44132 \begin_layout Description
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44137 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44140 \begin_layout Description
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44149 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44152 \begin_layout Description
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44158 \begin_inset space ~
44164 \begin_layout Description
44166 \begin_inset space ~
44170 \begin_inset space ~
44173 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44176 \begin_layout Description
44178 \begin_inset space ~
44182 \begin_inset space ~
44188 \begin_layout Description
44190 \begin_inset space ~
44194 \begin_inset space ~
44197 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44202 \begin_inset Index idx
44205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44206 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44211 , when using this, set the document language to
44216 \begin_layout Description
44218 \begin_inset space ~
44222 \begin_inset space ~
44225 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44229 , when using this, set the document language to
44232 \begin_inset space ~
44238 \begin_layout Description
44240 \begin_inset space ~
44244 \begin_inset space ~
44247 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44252 \begin_inset Index idx
44255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44256 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44261 , when using this, set the document language to
44266 \begin_layout Description
44268 \begin_inset space ~
44272 \begin_inset space ~
44275 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44279 , when using this, set the document language to
44284 \begin_layout Description
44286 \begin_inset space ~
44290 \begin_inset space ~
44293 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44297 , when using this, set the document language to
44302 \begin_layout Description
44304 \begin_inset space ~
44307 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44310 \begin_layout Description
44312 \begin_inset space ~
44316 \begin_inset space ~
44320 \begin_inset space ~
44323 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44326 \begin_layout Description
44328 \begin_inset space ~
44332 \begin_inset space ~
44336 \begin_inset space ~
44339 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44340 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44341 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44344 \begin_layout Description
44346 \begin_inset space ~
44350 \begin_inset space ~
44356 \begin_layout Description
44358 \begin_inset space ~
44362 \begin_inset space ~
44365 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44366 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44369 \begin_layout Description
44371 \begin_inset space ~
44375 \begin_inset space ~
44378 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44383 \begin_inset Index idx
44386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44387 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44392 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44395 \begin_layout Description
44397 \begin_inset space ~
44401 \begin_inset space ~
44404 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44412 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44417 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44419 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44422 \begin_layout Description
44424 \begin_inset space ~
44428 \begin_inset space ~
44431 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44436 \begin_inset Index idx
44439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44440 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44445 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44448 \begin_layout Description
44450 \begin_inset space ~
44453 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44458 \begin_inset Index idx
44461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44462 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44468 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44472 \begin_layout Description
44474 \begin_inset space ~
44478 \begin_inset space ~
44482 \begin_inset space ~
44485 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44486 \begin_inset space ~
44492 \begin_layout Description
44494 \begin_inset space ~
44498 \begin_inset space ~
44502 \begin_inset space ~
44505 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44506 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44507 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44511 \begin_layout Description
44513 \begin_inset space ~
44517 \begin_inset space ~
44521 \begin_inset space ~
44524 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44525 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44528 \begin_layout Standard
44529 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44538 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44542 for more information on the language package.
44545 \begin_layout Section
44547 \begin_inset Index idx
44550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44557 \begin_inset Index idx
44560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44569 \begin_layout Standard
44570 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44572 \begin_inset space ~
44575 out notes (default: light grey).
44580 sets the color back to the default.
44583 \begin_layout Standard
44584 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44586 \begin_inset space ~
44589 boxes (default: red).
44592 \begin_layout Standard
44593 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44597 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44599 \begin_inset space ~
44602 out note appears blue in the output.)
44610 \begin_layout Standard
44611 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44614 \begin_inset space ~
44619 in the document settings under
44622 \begin_inset space ~
44627 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44630 \begin_inset space ~
44638 \begin_inset space ~
44644 For example the option
44647 \begin_layout Standard
44653 \begin_layout Standard
44654 sets the link text color to black.
44655 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44660 \begin_inset Index idx
44663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44664 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44670 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44679 \begin_layout Standard
44680 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44686 \begin_layout Standard
44687 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44688 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44689 \begin_inset space ~
44692 Code behind a forced page break:
44695 \begin_layout Itemize
44696 For the page color:
44697 \begin_inset Newline newline
44704 pagecolor{color name}
44707 \begin_layout Itemize
44708 For the text color:
44709 \begin_inset Newline newline
44719 \begin_layout Standard
44720 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44753 \begin_inset Newline newline
44756 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44760 \begin_layout Itemize
44761 For the page background color:
44762 \begin_inset Newline newline
44767 page_backgroundcolor
44770 \begin_layout Itemize
44771 For the main text color:
44772 \begin_inset Newline newline
44780 \begin_layout Itemize
44782 \begin_inset space ~
44785 box background color:
44786 \begin_inset Newline newline
44794 \begin_layout Itemize
44796 \begin_inset space ~
44799 out note text color:
44800 \begin_inset Newline newline
44808 \begin_layout Standard
44809 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44812 \begin_inset space ~
44820 \begin_inset space ~
44828 \begin_layout Section
44832 \begin_layout Standard
44833 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44834 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44835 \begin_inset space ~
44839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44841 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44848 \begin_layout Section
44852 \begin_layout Standard
44853 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44858 \begin_inset Index idx
44861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44862 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44872 \begin_inset Index idx
44875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44876 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44882 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44887 \begin_inset Index idx
44890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44891 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44896 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44898 For a further description see section
44899 \begin_inset space ~
44903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44905 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44912 \begin_layout Section
44916 \begin_layout Standard
44917 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44918 and you can define additional indexes.
44919 Please refer to section
44920 \begin_inset space ~
44924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44926 reference "sec:Index"
44933 \begin_layout Section
44937 \begin_layout Standard
44938 The PDF properties are explained in section
44939 \begin_inset space ~
44943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44945 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44952 \begin_layout Section
44956 \begin_layout Standard
44957 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44962 \begin_inset Index idx
44965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44966 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44976 \begin_inset Index idx
44979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44980 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44990 \begin_inset Index idx
44993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44994 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
45004 \begin_inset Index idx
45007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45008 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
45013 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
45016 \begin_layout Description
45017 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
45018 ensure that you have enabled
45021 \begin_inset space ~
45029 \begin_layout Description
45030 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
45033 \begin_inset space ~
45045 \begin_layout Description
45046 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
45057 \begin_layout Description
45058 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
45060 Chemical Symbols and Equations
45069 \begin_layout Section
45073 \begin_layout Standard
45074 The float placement options are described in section
45077 \begin_inset space ~
45085 \begin_inset space ~
45093 \begin_layout Section
45097 \begin_layout Standard
45098 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45100 Program Code Listings
45105 \begin_inset space ~
45113 \begin_layout Section
45117 \begin_layout Standard
45118 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45119 The itemize environment is described in section
45120 \begin_inset space ~
45124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45126 reference "sec:Itemize"
45133 \begin_layout Section
45137 \begin_layout Standard
45138 Branches are described in section
45139 \begin_inset space ~
45143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45145 reference "sec:Branches"
45152 \begin_layout Section
45154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45156 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45163 \begin_layout Standard
45164 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45167 \begin_layout Description
45169 \begin_inset space ~
45173 \begin_inset space ~
45176 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45196 View Master Document
45197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45204 Update Master Document
45205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45212 menu or the toolbar.
45213 The default is set in
45215 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45216 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45226 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45233 \begin_layout Description
45235 \begin_inset space ~
45239 \begin_inset space ~
45242 Output settings for the menu
45244 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45246 \begin_inset space ~
45252 For a detailed description see section
45254 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45259 \begin_inset space ~
45267 \begin_layout Description
45269 \begin_inset space ~
45273 \begin_inset space ~
45276 Options settings for the export format
45284 \begin_inset space ~
45289 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45290 \begin_inset space ~
45293 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45297 \begin_inset space ~
45302 settings are described in detail in section
45304 Math Output in XHTML
45309 \begin_inset space ~
45315 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45318 \begin_layout Section
45323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45333 \begin_layout Standard
45334 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45335 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45336 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45337 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45341 \begin_layout Standard
45342 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45343 \begin_inset space ~
45347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45349 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45356 \begin_layout Chapter
45362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45364 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45369 \begin_inset Index idx
45372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45381 \begin_layout Standard
45382 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45384 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45388 It has the following submenus.
45391 \begin_layout Section
45395 \begin_layout Subsection
45399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45400 User Interface File
45401 \begin_inset Index idx
45404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45405 Customization ! of toolbars
45411 \begin_inset Index idx
45414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45415 Customization ! of menus
45423 \begin_layout Standard
45424 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45425 interface (ui) file.
45426 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45427 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45436 Both files are loaded by the
45441 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45442 files and edit the entries.
45445 \begin_layout Standard
45446 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45458 entries must be finished with an explicit
45483 and in the case of the
45484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45496 The syntax for the entries is:
45499 \begin_layout Standard
45500 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45528 \begin_layout Standard
45530 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45533 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45535 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45537 \begin_inset space ~
45545 \begin_layout Standard
45546 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45552 \begin_layout Standard
45553 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45555 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45558 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45562 \begin_layout Standard
45563 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45587 \begin_layout Standard
45589 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45600 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45603 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45607 \begin_layout Standard
45608 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45609 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45610 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45613 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45620 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45624 \begin_layout Standard
45627 Enable tool tips in main work area
45629 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45633 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45637 \begin_layout Standard
45640 Restore window layouts and geometries
45642 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45643 in the last LyX session.
45646 \begin_layout Standard
45649 Restore cursor positions
45651 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45655 \begin_layout Standard
45658 Load opened files from last session
45660 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45663 \begin_layout Standard
45666 Clear all session information
45668 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45669 of last opened documents, etc.).
45672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45676 name "sub:Backup documents"
45681 \begin_inset Index idx
45684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45693 \begin_layout Standard
45696 Backup original documents when saving
45698 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45699 it was saved the last time.
45700 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45703 \begin_inset space ~
45709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45711 reference "sec:Paths"
45716 The backup file has the file extension
45717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45731 \begin_layout Standard
45734 Backup documents, every
45736 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45739 \begin_layout Standard
45742 Save documents compressed by default
45744 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45747 \begin_layout Standard
45752 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45755 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45757 \begin_inset space ~
45765 \begin_layout Standard
45768 Open documents in tabs
45770 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45774 \begin_layout Standard
45779 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45791 reference "sec:Paths"
45795 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45801 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45803 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45806 \begin_layout Standard
45809 Single close-tab button
45811 there will only be one button (
45814 \begin_inset Graphics
45815 filename ../images/closetab.png
45822 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45823 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45826 \begin_layout Standard
45827 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45835 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45843 \begin_layout Subsection
45845 \begin_inset Index idx
45848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45857 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45864 \begin_layout Standard
45865 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45868 \begin_layout Standard
45869 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45877 This section only deals with the fonts
45882 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45885 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45886 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45897 \begin_layout Standard
45898 By default, LyX uses
45902 as roman (serif) font,
45910 (depends on the system) as
45913 \begin_inset space ~
45929 \begin_layout Standard
45930 You can change the font size with the
45937 \begin_layout Standard
45942 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45947 points have the size of 1
45948 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45952 \begin_inset space ~
45956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45958 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45963 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45964 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45968 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45969 \begin_inset space ~
45973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45975 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45982 \begin_layout Standard
45985 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45987 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45988 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45989 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45990 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45992 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45993 \begin_inset space ~
45999 \begin_layout Subsection
46001 \begin_inset Index idx
46004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46011 \begin_inset Index idx
46014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46023 \begin_layout Standard
46024 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
46025 Choose an item in the list and use the
46032 \begin_layout Standard
46033 By using the option
46037 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
46040 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
46041 \begin_inset space ~
46045 \begin_inset space ~
46050 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
46053 \begin_layout Subsection
46055 \begin_inset Index idx
46058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46067 \begin_layout Standard
46068 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
46071 \begin_layout Standard
46076 enables previewing snippets of your document.
46077 This feature is described in section
46078 \begin_inset space ~
46082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46084 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46091 \begin_layout Standard
46095 \begin_inset space ~
46099 \begin_inset space ~
46103 \begin_inset space ~
46108 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46111 \begin_layout Section
46113 \begin_inset Index idx
46116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46125 \begin_layout Subsection
46129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46133 \begin_layout Standard
46136 Cursor follows scrollbar
46138 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46142 \begin_layout Standard
46143 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46144 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46145 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46148 \begin_layout Standard
46151 Scroll below end of document
46153 is self-explanatory.
46156 \begin_layout Standard
46157 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46164 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46166 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46167 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46170 \begin_layout Standard
46173 Sort environments alphabetically
46175 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46178 \begin_layout Standard
46181 Group environments by their category
46183 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46186 \begin_layout Standard
46187 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46203 \begin_layout Standard
46204 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46209 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46210 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46214 \begin_layout Subsection
46216 \begin_inset Index idx
46219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46226 \begin_inset Index idx
46229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46230 Settings ! Shortcuts
46238 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46242 \begin_layout Standard
46243 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46244 Several binding files are available:
46247 \begin_layout Description
46248 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46251 \begin_layout Description
46252 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46263 \begin_layout Description
46264 mac.bind set of bindings for
46267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46275 \begin_layout Standard
46276 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46280 , and bind files for special languages.
46281 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46286 \begin_inset space \space{}
46290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46298 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46302 \begin_layout Standard
46303 Some bind-files, like
46307 , have only a small scope.
46308 When looking at the end of the file
46312 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46319 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46324 \begin_inset Index idx
46327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46328 Key Bindings ! Editing
46336 \begin_layout Standard
46337 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46338 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46339 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46342 Show key-bindings containing
46345 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46346 Insert there for example as keyword
46347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46354 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46364 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46365 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46369 that you will find in the
46376 \begin_layout Standard
46378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46382 \begin_inset space \space{}
46393 , select the function and press the
46398 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46399 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46400 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46401 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46402 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46404 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46406 The binding for the function
46410 is an example of this.
46413 \begin_layout Standard
46414 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46416 The syntax of the entries is:
46419 \begin_layout Standard
46425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46443 \begin_layout Subsection
46445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46447 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46452 \begin_inset Index idx
46455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46462 \begin_inset Index idx
46465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46466 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46474 \begin_layout Standard
46475 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46476 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46482 \begin_inset space \space{}
46485 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46486 can use the keyboard map file named
46493 \begin_layout Standard
46494 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46502 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46510 \begin_layout Standard
46511 You can furthermore specify here the
46513 Wheel scrolling speed
46516 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46520 \begin_layout Standard
46525 you can select a key for zooming.
46526 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46529 \begin_layout Subsection
46533 \begin_layout Standard
46534 Input completion is described in sec.
46535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46541 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46548 \begin_layout Section
46550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46557 \begin_inset Index idx
46560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46567 \begin_inset Index idx
46570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46579 \begin_layout Description
46581 \begin_inset space ~
46584 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46585 It is the default when you
46596 \begin_inset space ~
46604 \begin_layout Description
46606 \begin_inset space ~
46609 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46611 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46613 \begin_inset space ~
46617 \begin_inset space ~
46625 \begin_layout Description
46627 \begin_inset space ~
46630 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46636 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46640 \begin_inset Newline newline
46644 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46656 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46664 \begin_layout Description
46666 \begin_inset space ~
46670 \begin_inset Index idx
46673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46679 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46680 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46681 \begin_inset space ~
46685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46687 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46695 will be used to save the backups.
46696 \begin_inset Newline newline
46699 Backup files have the ending
46700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46710 \begin_layout Description
46715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46723 \begin_inset space ~
46726 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46727 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46728 \begin_inset Newline newline
46735 You add a BibTeX-database
46740 You can edit this file with the program
46749 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46752 \begin_inset space ~
46758 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46763 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46764 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46770 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46771 \begin_inset Newline newline
46774 The pipe is also used for the
46779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46785 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46790 \begin_inset Newline newline
46793 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46794 \begin_inset Newline newline
46810 \begin_layout Description
46812 \begin_inset space ~
46815 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46818 \begin_layout Description
46820 \begin_inset space ~
46823 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46824 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46825 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46828 \begin_layout Description
46830 \begin_inset space ~
46833 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46839 You only need to specify it if you are using
46843 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46849 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46853 \begin_layout Description
46855 \begin_inset space ~
46858 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46859 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46860 to find it on the system.
46861 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46862 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46871 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46872 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46875 \begin_layout Description
46877 \begin_inset space ~
46880 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46881 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46883 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46885 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46886 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46887 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46888 scanned for the input files.
46889 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46890 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46891 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46892 on may fail for some documents.
46895 \begin_layout Section
46899 \begin_layout Standard
46900 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46901 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46903 \begin_inset space ~
46907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46909 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46913 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46916 \begin_layout Section
46918 \begin_inset Index idx
46921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46922 Language ! Settings
46928 \begin_inset Index idx
46931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46932 Settings ! Language
46940 \begin_layout Subsection
46942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46944 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46951 \begin_layout Description
46953 \begin_inset space ~
46957 \begin_inset space ~
46960 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46961 You find the actual translation status here:
46962 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46964 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46971 \begin_layout Description
46973 \begin_inset space ~
46976 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46978 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46979 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46996 The most widespread language package is
47001 \begin_inset Index idx
47004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47005 LaTeX-packages ! babel
47010 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
47011 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
47012 alternative language package
47017 \begin_inset Index idx
47020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47021 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
47026 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
47027 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
47029 The available selections are described in sec.
47030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47036 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
47043 \begin_layout Description
47045 \begin_inset space ~
47048 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
47049 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
47050 An example is the start command
47056 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
47061 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47076 selectlanguage{$$lang}
47081 \begin_layout Description
47083 \begin_inset space ~
47091 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47092 command toggles the package on and off.
47095 \begin_layout Description
47097 \begin_inset space ~
47101 \begin_inset space ~
47104 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47108 \begin_layout Description
47110 \begin_inset space ~
47114 \begin_inset space ~
47117 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47118 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47119 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47120 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47127 \begin_layout Description
47129 \begin_inset space ~
47132 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47134 When this option is not set, the
47137 \begin_inset space ~
47142 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47143 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47146 \begin_inset space ~
47154 \begin_layout Description
47156 \begin_inset space ~
47162 \begin_inset space ~
47168 When it is not set, the
47171 \begin_inset space ~
47176 is set to the end of the document.
47179 \begin_layout Description
47181 \begin_inset space ~
47185 \begin_inset space ~
47188 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47189 language will be underlined in blue.
47192 \begin_layout Description
47194 \begin_inset space ~
47198 \begin_inset space ~
47201 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47202 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47205 \begin_layout Description
47207 \begin_inset space ~
47210 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47211 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47212 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47213 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47216 \begin_layout Subsection
47220 \begin_layout Standard
47221 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47222 \begin_inset space ~
47226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47228 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47235 \begin_layout Section
47239 \begin_layout Subsection
47243 \begin_layout Description
47245 \begin_inset space ~
47249 \begin_inset space ~
47252 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47255 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47256 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47258 \begin_inset space ~
47264 Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
47267 \begin_layout Description
47269 \begin_inset space ~
47273 \begin_inset Index idx
47276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47283 \begin_inset Index idx
47286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47287 Settings ! Date format
47292 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47293 \begin_inset Newline newline
47297 \begin_inset Flex URL
47300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47302 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47308 \begin_inset Newline newline
47311 For example the format
47312 \begin_inset Newline newline
47316 \begin_inset Newline newline
47319 prints the date as day/month/year.
47322 \begin_layout Description
47324 \begin_inset space ~
47328 \begin_inset space ~
47331 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47334 \begin_layout Description
47336 \begin_inset space ~
47339 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47341 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47343 \begin_inset space ~
47349 For a detailed description see section
47351 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47356 \begin_inset space ~
47364 \begin_layout Subsection
47366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47373 \begin_inset Index idx
47376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47383 \begin_inset Index idx
47386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47395 \begin_layout Description
47397 \begin_inset space ~
47400 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47401 The name will be used when the
47406 \begin_inset Newline newline
47410 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47418 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47426 \begin_layout Description
47428 \begin_inset space ~
47431 command is the command LyX
47432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47439 LaTeX uses for printing.
47447 \begin_layout Description
47449 \begin_inset space ~
47453 \begin_inset space ~
47456 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47457 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47458 of the program that provides the
47465 \begin_layout Description
47467 \begin_inset space ~
47471 \begin_inset space ~
47475 \begin_inset space ~
47478 printer This option works only for the
47483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47495 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47496 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47499 \begin_layout Subsection
47504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47514 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47519 \begin_inset Index idx
47522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47531 \begin_layout Description
47533 \begin_inset space ~
47540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47548 \begin_inset space ~
47552 \begin_inset space ~
47555 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47560 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47581 are used for Cyrillic.
47582 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47595 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47596 LyX sets up in the background.
47597 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47600 \begin_layout Description
47602 \begin_inset space ~
47606 \begin_inset space ~
47609 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47614 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47617 \begin_layout Description
47619 \begin_inset space ~
47623 \begin_inset space ~
47627 \begin_inset space ~
47631 \begin_inset space ~
47634 options They only have an effect when the program
47638 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47641 \begin_layout Standard
47642 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47643 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47644 manuals of the applications.
47647 \begin_layout Description
47649 \begin_inset space ~
47652 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47653 \begin_inset space ~
47657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47659 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47666 \begin_layout Description
47668 \begin_inset space ~
47671 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47672 \begin_inset space ~
47676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47678 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47685 \begin_layout Description
47687 \begin_inset space ~
47690 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47691 \begin_inset space ~
47695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47697 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47704 \begin_layout Description
47709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47717 \begin_inset space ~
47720 command Command for the program
47724 that is described in the section
47730 Additional Features
47735 \begin_layout Standard
47736 There are additionally the following options:
47739 \begin_layout Description
47741 \begin_inset space ~
47745 \begin_inset space ~
47749 \begin_inset space ~
47753 \begin_inset space ~
47757 \begin_inset space ~
47760 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47778 to separate folders.
47779 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47780 \begin_inset Index idx
47783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47790 \begin_inset Index idx
47793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47802 \begin_layout Description
47804 \begin_inset space ~
47808 \begin_inset space ~
47812 \begin_inset space ~
47816 \begin_inset space ~
47820 \begin_inset space ~
47824 \begin_inset space ~
47827 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47832 dialog when changing the document class.
47835 \begin_layout Section
47837 \begin_inset space ~
47841 \begin_inset Index idx
47844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47853 \begin_layout Subsection
47855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47857 name "sub:Converters"
47862 \begin_inset Index idx
47865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47874 \begin_layout Standard
47875 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47876 from one format to another.
47877 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47878 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47885 \begin_inset space ~
47895 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47899 \begin_inset space ~
47904 drop-down list, modify the
47908 field and press the
47915 \begin_layout Standard
47918 Converter File Cache
47920 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47923 Maximum Age (in days
47926 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47927 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47930 \begin_layout Standard
47931 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47932 definition, is described in the section
47943 \begin_layout Subsection
47945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47947 name "sec:File-Formats"
47952 \begin_inset Index idx
47955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47962 \begin_inset Index idx
47965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47974 \begin_layout Standard
47975 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47976 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47980 \begin_layout Standard
47981 Furthermore, you can define the
47983 Default output format
47985 that is used when you use
47987 View, Update, View Master Document
47991 Update Master Document
47997 menu or the toolbar.
48000 \begin_layout Standard
48001 More about formats and their options is described in the section
48012 \begin_layout Standard
48013 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
48014 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
48015 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
48016 This is done by specifying a
48021 More about this is described in the section
48032 \begin_layout Chapter
48033 Units available in LyX
48034 \begin_inset Index idx
48037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48046 name "chap:Units-available-in"
48053 \begin_layout Standard
48054 To understand the units described in this documentation,
48055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
48057 reference "tab:Units"
48061 explains all units available in LyX.
48064 \begin_layout Standard
48065 \begin_inset Float table
48071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48072 \begin_inset Caption Standard
48074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48090 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48098 \begin_inset Tabular
48099 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48100 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
48101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48253 scaled point (65536
48254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48314 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48369 % of original image width
48376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48583 \begin_layout Chapter
48585 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48587 name "chap:Credits"
48594 \begin_layout Standard
48595 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48596 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48599 \begin_layout Itemize
48602 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48605 \begin_layout Itemize
48611 \begin_layout Itemize
48617 \begin_layout Itemize
48623 \begin_layout Itemize
48629 \begin_layout Itemize
48635 \begin_layout Itemize
48641 \begin_layout Itemize
48647 \begin_layout Itemize
48650 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48653 \begin_layout Itemize
48659 \begin_layout Itemize
48665 \begin_layout Itemize
48671 \begin_layout Itemize
48677 \begin_layout Itemize
48683 \begin_layout Itemize
48689 \begin_layout Itemize
48695 \begin_layout Itemize
48701 \begin_layout Itemize
48703 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48712 \begin_layout Standard
48713 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48716 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48723 \begin_layout Bibliography
48724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48725 LatexCommand bibitem
48732 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48735 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48740 \begin_inset Newline newline
48744 \begin_inset Flex URL
48747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48749 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48757 \begin_layout Bibliography
48758 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48759 LatexCommand bibitem
48760 key "latexcompanion"
48764 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48766 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48769 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48772 \begin_layout Bibliography
48773 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48774 LatexCommand bibitem
48779 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48782 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48785 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48788 \begin_layout Bibliography
48789 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48790 LatexCommand bibitem
48797 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48800 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48803 \begin_layout Bibliography
48804 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48805 LatexCommand bibitem
48817 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48820 \begin_layout Bibliography
48821 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48822 LatexCommand bibitem
48828 \begin_inset Newline newline
48832 \begin_inset Flex URL
48835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48837 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48845 \begin_layout Bibliography
48846 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48847 LatexCommand bibitem
48853 \begin_inset Newline newline
48857 \begin_inset Flex URL
48860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48862 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48870 \begin_layout Bibliography
48871 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48872 LatexCommand bibitem
48878 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48880 name "Documentation"
48881 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48890 \begin_inset Newline newline
48894 \begin_inset Flex URL
48897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48899 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48907 \begin_layout Bibliography
48908 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48909 LatexCommand bibitem
48915 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48917 name "Documentation"
48918 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48922 how to use the program
48927 \begin_inset Newline newline
48931 \begin_inset Flex URL
48934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48936 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48944 \begin_layout Bibliography
48945 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48946 LatexCommand bibitem
48952 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48954 name "Documentation"
48955 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48964 \begin_inset Newline newline
48968 \begin_inset Flex URL
48971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48973 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48981 \begin_layout Bibliography
48982 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48983 LatexCommand bibitem
48989 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48991 name "Documentation"
48992 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
49001 \begin_inset Newline newline
49005 \begin_inset Flex URL
49008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49010 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
49018 \begin_layout Bibliography
49019 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49020 LatexCommand bibitem
49026 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49028 name "Documentation"
49029 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
49033 of the LaTeX-package
49038 \begin_inset Index idx
49041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49042 LaTeX-packages ! caption
49048 \begin_inset Newline newline
49052 \begin_inset Flex URL
49055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49057 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
49065 \begin_layout Bibliography
49066 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49067 LatexCommand bibitem
49073 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49075 name "Documentation"
49076 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49080 of the LaTeX-package
49085 \begin_inset Index idx
49088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49089 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49095 \begin_inset Newline newline
49099 \begin_inset Flex URL
49102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49104 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49112 \begin_layout Bibliography
49113 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49114 LatexCommand bibitem
49120 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49122 name "Documentation"
49123 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49127 of the LaTeX-package
49132 \begin_inset Index idx
49135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49136 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49142 \begin_inset Newline newline
49146 \begin_inset Flex URL
49149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49151 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49159 \begin_layout Bibliography
49160 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49161 LatexCommand bibitem
49167 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49169 name "Documentation"
49170 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49174 of the LaTeX-package
49179 \begin_inset Index idx
49182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49183 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49189 \begin_inset Newline newline
49193 \begin_inset Flex URL
49196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49198 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49206 \begin_layout Bibliography
49207 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49208 LatexCommand bibitem
49214 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49216 name "Documentation"
49217 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49221 of the LaTeX-package
49226 \begin_inset Index idx
49229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49230 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49236 \begin_inset Newline newline
49240 \begin_inset Flex URL
49243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49245 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49253 \begin_layout Bibliography
49254 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49255 LatexCommand bibitem
49261 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49263 name "Documentation"
49264 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49268 of the LaTeX-package
49273 \begin_inset Index idx
49276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49277 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49283 \begin_inset Newline newline
49287 \begin_inset Flex URL
49290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49292 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49300 \begin_layout Bibliography
49301 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49302 LatexCommand bibitem
49308 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49310 name "Documentation"
49311 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49315 of the LaTeX-package
49320 \begin_inset Index idx
49323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49324 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49330 \begin_inset Newline newline
49334 \begin_inset Flex URL
49337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49339 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49347 \begin_layout Bibliography
49348 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49349 LatexCommand bibitem
49355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49357 name "Documentation"
49358 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49362 of the LaTeX-package
49367 \begin_inset Index idx
49370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49371 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49377 \begin_inset Newline newline
49381 \begin_inset Flex URL
49384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49386 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49394 \begin_layout Bibliography
49395 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49396 LatexCommand bibitem
49402 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49405 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49409 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49410 \begin_inset Newline newline
49414 \begin_inset Flex URL
49417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49419 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49427 \begin_layout Bibliography
49428 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49429 LatexCommand bibitem
49435 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49438 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49442 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49443 \begin_inset Newline newline
49447 \begin_inset Flex URL
49450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49452 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49460 \begin_layout Bibliography
49461 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49462 LatexCommand bibitem
49468 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49471 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49475 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49476 \begin_inset Newline newline
49480 \begin_inset Flex URL
49483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49485 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49493 \begin_layout Bibliography
49494 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49495 LatexCommand bibitem
49501 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49504 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49508 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49509 \begin_inset Newline newline
49513 \begin_inset Flex URL
49516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49518 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49526 \begin_layout Bibliography
49527 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49528 LatexCommand bibitem
49534 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49537 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49541 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49542 \begin_inset Newline newline
49546 \begin_inset Flex URL
49549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49551 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49559 \begin_layout Bibliography
49560 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49561 LatexCommand bibitem
49567 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49570 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49574 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49575 \begin_inset Newline newline
49579 \begin_inset Flex URL
49582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49584 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49592 \begin_layout Bibliography
49593 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49594 LatexCommand bibitem
49600 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49603 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49607 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49608 \begin_inset Newline newline
49612 \begin_inset Flex URL
49615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49617 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49625 \begin_layout Bibliography
49626 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49627 LatexCommand bibitem
49633 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49636 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49640 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49641 \begin_inset Newline newline
49645 \begin_inset Flex URL
49648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49650 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49658 \begin_layout Bibliography
49659 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49660 LatexCommand bibitem
49666 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49669 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49673 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49674 \begin_inset Newline newline
49678 \begin_inset Flex URL
49681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49683 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49691 \begin_layout Bibliography
49692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49693 LatexCommand bibitem
49699 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49702 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49706 about new features in
49711 \begin_inset Newline newline
49715 \begin_inset Flex URL
49718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49720 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49728 \begin_layout Standard
49729 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49763 \begin_inset Note Note
49766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49773 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49774 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49775 bibliography is the second one:
49783 \begin_layout Standard
49784 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49785 LatexCommand bibtex
49786 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49787 options "biblio/alphadin"
49794 \begin_layout Standard
49795 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49798 \begin_layout Standard
49799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49800 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49806 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49807 LatexCommand printindex